From 0fcd1e95b75143c100789ab9710baa74871bb48d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Fri, 13 May 2022 15:57:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 02/27] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 140 +++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------ 1 file changed, 68 insertions(+), 72 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index adbd15e5df..553577bf1f 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -5,11 +5,11 @@ MRK 1 1 kpq1 writing-newevent ἀρχὴ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Ἰησο MRK 1 1 i3bc guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God **Son of God** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. If this would be misunderstood, you could use the alternate translation: “who is God’s Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MRK 1 2 fc4t figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ 1 If it would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an active form. Alternate translation: “Just as Isaiah the prophet wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 1 2 e3by writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “Just as it is written in Isaiah the prophet, where it says” or “Just as it is written in Isaiah the prophet—he wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -MRK 1 2 z8b7 figs-ellipsis ἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ 1 Mark is leaving out some of the words that this sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words. Alternate translation: “in the scroll of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MRK 1 2 z8b7 figs-ellipsis ἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ 1 "Mark is leaving out some of the words that this sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words. Alternate translation: “in the scroll of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MRK 1 2 dglq translate-names Ἠσαΐᾳ 1 **Isaiah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 1 2 gu7i figs-idiom πρὸ προσώπου σου 1 before your face **before your face** is an idiom which means that “the messenger” was sent first, and then the second person came after them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify. Alternate Translation: “first” or “before you”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 1 2 fsqn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 The term **behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” in this case “seeing” figuratively means giving notice and attention. Alternate translation: “Pay attention!” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) -MRK 1 2 s28q figs-yousingular προσώπου σου…τὴν ὁδόν σου 1 your face … your way Here, both of the words **your** refer to Jesus and are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +MRK 1 2 s28q figs-yousingular προσώπου σου…τὴν ὁδόν σου 1 your face … your way Here, both of the words **your** refer to Jesus and are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) MRK 1 2 kl12 figs-metaphor ὃς κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου 1 will prepare your way That the messenger **will prepare your way** represents preparing the people for the Lord’s arrival. If this would be misunderstood your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will prepare the people for your arrival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 1 3 lkm3 writing-quotations φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, 1 The voice of one crying out in the wilderness Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “The voice of someone crying out in the wilderness is heard, saying:” or “They hear the sound of someone calling out in the wilderness, saying:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) MRK 1 3 dqi9 figs-quotesinquotes φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 Here there is a direct quotation inside a direct quotation as Mark quotes Isaiah who quotes the messenger. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “a voice crying out in the wilderness, telling people to make ready the way of the Lord and to make his paths straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) @@ -18,21 +18,21 @@ MRK 1 3 v3n3 figs-parallelism ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρί MRK 1 3 peh5 figs-metaphor ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make ready the way of the Lord Isaiah uses a metaphor here of preparing **paths** or **the way** that someone will travel on. If someone prepares a path for another, they make the path walkable. If someone in high authority were coming, they would make sure the roads were clear from any hazards. So this metaphor means that the people should prepare themselves to receive the Lord’s message when he comes. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or use plain speech. Alternate translation: “Prepare to hear and obey the Lord’s message when he comes” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) MRK 1 3 yyk3 figs-extrainfo Κυρίου 1 In this quote from Isaiah, **the Lord** refers to God, but Mark is showing how it also refers to Jesus the Messiah. However, do not translate this as “Jesus” here, because this double reference must be maintained. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo) MRK 1 3 h8rt figs-idiom ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν 1 The imagery of paths or **the way** is figuratively used here to indicate that John will prepare the people to listen to the Lord’s message. If someone prepares a path for another, they make the path walkable. If someone in high authority was coming, they would make sure the roads were clear from any hazards. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can use an alternate translation: “Prepare the people for the arrival of the Lord ” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom) -MRK 1 3 wltl figs-idiom ἑτοιμάσατε…ποιεῖτε 1 These words are both plural, addressing people in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +MRK 1 3 wltl figs-idiom ἑτοιμάσατε…ποιεῖτε
1 These words are both plural, addressing people in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) MRK 1 4 di1o translate-names Ἰωάννης 1 **John** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 1 4 s05n figs-explicit καὶ κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 The **baptism of repentance** proclaimed by John likely has its origin in baptisms which gentiles did who were converting to Judaism. This baptism was done one time, and showed that these people were converting from their former way of life to the new way of life. If this would be misunderstood, you can state it explicitly. Alternate Translation: “and preaching that he must baptize them to show that they have turned from their former evil ways, accepted God’s forgiveness for their sins, and were now following God” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) -MRK 1 4 dtqv figs-explicit καὶ κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **repentance**, **forgiveness**, and **sins**, you could express those ideas with verbs. Alternate translation: “and preaching that he must baptize them to show that they have repented of their former evil way of living and that God has forgiven them for sinning against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -MRK 1 5 u9yg figs-synecdoche πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα 1 the whole region of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem The word **region of Judea** is used here to refer to the people living within Judea. Alternate translation: “the people from Judea and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MRK 1 4 s05n figs-explicit καὶ κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 The **baptism of repentance** proclaimed by John likely has its origin in baptisms which gentiles did who were converting to Judaism. This baptism was done one time, and showed that these people were converting from their former way of life to the new way of life. If this would be misunderstood, you can state it explicitly. Alternate Translation: “and preaching that he must baptize them to show that they have turned from their former evil ways, accepted God's forgiveness for their sins, and were now following God” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) +MRK 1 4 dtqv figs-explicit καὶ κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν
1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **repentance**, **forgiveness**, and **sins**, you could express those ideas with verbs. Alternate translation: “and preaching that he must baptize them to show that they have repented of their former evil way of living and that God has forgiven them for sinning against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MRK 1 5 u9yg figs-synecdoche πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα 1 the whole region of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem The word **region of Judea** is used here to refer to the people living within Judea. Alternate translation: “the people from Judea and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MRK 1 5 cf75 figs-hyperbole πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα καὶ οἱ Ἱεροσολυμεῖται πάντες 1 the whole region of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem Here, **the whole region** and **all the people** are generalizations that refers to a great number of people, not to every single person. Alternate translation: “many people from Judea and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) MRK 1 5 h8h7 figs-activepassive καὶ ἐβαπτίζοντο ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ ποταμῷ, ἐξομολογούμενοι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν 1 were baptized by him in the Jordan River, confessing their sins If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and he was baptizing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 1 6 n3rk writing-background καὶ ἦν ὁ Ἰωάννης ἐνδεδυμένος τρίχας καμήλου, καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσθων ἀκρίδας καὶ μέλι ἄγριον. 1 This verse helps provide background to John. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -MRK 1 6 j141 figs-explicit ἦν ὁ Ἰωάννης ἐνδεδυμένος τρίχας καμήλου 1 The camels’ hair that John wore had been made into clothing. This would have been a rough, coarse material. If that would not be understood by your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “John wore rough clothing woven from camel’s hair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 1 6 j141 figs-explicit ἦν ὁ Ἰωάννης ἐνδεδυμένος τρίχας καμήλου 1 The camels' hair that John wore had been made into clothing. This would have been a rough, coarse material. If that would not be understood by your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “John wore rough clothing woven from camel's hair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 1 6 h518 translate-unknown καμήλου 1 If your readers would not know what a **camel** is, you could include a description in a footnote or use a more general term. Alternate translation: “animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -MRK 1 6 jpzh translate-unknown ἀκρίδας 1 If your readers would not know what **locusts** are, you could include a description in a footnote or use a more general term. Alternate translation: “grasshoppers” or “insects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -MRK 1 7 p7tl writing-quotations ἐκήρυσσεν λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “he announced loudly to the people” or “he proclaimed these things:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +MRK 1 6 jpzh translate-unknown ἀκρίδας
1 If your readers would not know what **locusts** are, you could include a description in a footnote or use a more general term. Alternate translation: “grasshoppers” or “insects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +MRK 1 7 p7tl writing-quotations ἐκήρυσσεν λέγων
1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “he announced loudly to the people” or “he proclaimed these things:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) MRK 1 7 l7jd writing-pronouns ἐκήρυσσεν 1 he was proclaiming The pronoun **He** is referring to John. Alternate translation: “John was proclaiming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -MRK 1 7 bk1j writing-pronouns ἔρχεται…ὀπίσω μου 1 Here, **coming after me** means that this mightier person would come at a later time than John came. It does not mean that he is behind John, chasing John, or a disciple of John. -MRK 1 7 g8fw figs-explicit κύψας λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ 1 of whom the strap of his sandals I am not worthy to stoop down to untie To **stoop down to untie** someone’s sandals and then to wash his feet was the job of a slave or the lowest servant in a household. John said that he was lower than this servant in order to show how great Jesus is. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can add some explanation. Alternate translation: “and I am not even worthy to serve him as a slave by stooping down to untie his sandals” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) +MRK 1 7 bk1j writing-pronouns ἔρχεται…ὀπίσω μου
1 Here, **coming after me** means that this mightier person would come at a later time than John came. It does not mean that he is behind John, chasing John, or a disciple of John. +MRK 1 7 g8fw figs-explicit κύψας λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ 1 of whom the strap of his sandals I am not worthy to stoop down to untie To **stoop down to untie** someone's sandals and then to wash his feet was the job of a slave or the lowest servant in a household. John said that he was lower than this servant in order to show how great Jesus is. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can add some explanation. Alternate translation: “and I am not even worthy to serve him as a slave by stooping down to untie his sandals” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) MRK 1 8 e4qi figs-metaphor αὐτὸς δὲ βαπτίσει ὑμᾶς ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 but he will baptize you with the Holy Spirit This metaphor compares John’s baptism with water to the baptism with the Holy Spirit that Jesus will give. The point of the comparison is how people are made clean from sin. John baptized people to show that they wanted to be cleansed of their sin, and Jesus will enable them to be fully cleansed of sin by the Holy Spirit. If possible, use the same word for **baptize** here as you used for John’s baptism to keep the comparison between the two. If this is not possible, you could use a simile or plain language. Alternate translation: “but he will join you to the Holy Spirit” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) MRK 1 8 r1j9 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, baptism by water and baptism by the Holy Spirit are being contrasted. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) MRK 1 9 u65k writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 it happened that in those days **And it happened that in those days** marks the beginning of a new event in the story line. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) @@ -48,17 +48,17 @@ MRK 1 12 mh8n εὐθὺς 1 See how you translated the word **immediately** i MRK 1 12 yv6v τὸ Πνεῦμα αὐτὸν ἐκβάλλει εἰς τὴν ἔρημον 1 Connecting Statement: Alternate translation: “The Spirit led Jesus into the wilderness” MRK 1 13 k2kt translate-numbers πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “while Satan tempted him” or “during which Satan kept trying to persuade him to disobey God” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive) MRK 1 13 siu3 ἦν μετὰ τῶν θηρίων 1 he was with Alternate Translation: “Jesus was living among the wild animals” -MRK 1 13 sojp figs-explicit οἱ ἄγγελοι διηκόνουν αὐτῷ. 1 Comparing this account with the one in Matthew 4:1-11, we see that Mark is only listing a brief summary of the events here. So the phrase **the angels were serving him** could mean: (1) the angels were taking care of Jesus during this time to keep him safe or (2) The angels came to give him food and water at the end of the 40 days. -MRK 1 14 q12s figs-activepassive μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 after John was arrested If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after the governor Herod had John arrested” or “after Herod’s soldiers arrested John” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive) -MRK 1 14 o4oh figs-extrainfo μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 The governor Herod Antipas had John arrested and put into prison because John continually rebuked Herod Antipas for his sins. See [6:14-29](../06/14-29.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could put this information in a footnote. -MRK 1 14 tmh9 grammar-connect-time-background μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 This phrase provides background information that sets the time period for Jesus’ ministry. Jesus did not begin his ministry until John had been arrested. Use the natural form in your language for expressing this information. Alternate translation: “Later, John was arrested. After that” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background) -MRK 1 14 ys3b figs-activepassive ἦλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Also, it might be more natural to indicate that Jesus was returning to Galilee. Alternate translation: “Jesus went back to Galilee” or “Jesus returned to Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +MRK 1 13 sojp figs-explicit οἱ ἄγγελοι διηκόνουν αὐτῷ. 1 Comparing this account with the one in Matthew 4:1-11, we see that Mark is only listing a brief summary of the events here. So the phrase **the angels were serving him** could mean: (1) the angels were taking care of Jesus during this time to keep him safe or (2) The angels came to give him food and water at the end of the 40 days. +MRK 1 14 q12s figs-activepassive μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 after John was arrested If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after the governor Herod had John arrested” or “after Herod's soldiers arrested John” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive) +MRK 1 14 o4oh figs-extrainfo μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 The governor Herod Antipas had John arrested and put into prison because John continually rebuked Herod Antipas for his sins. See [6:14-29](../06/14-29.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could put this information in a footnote. +MRK 1 14 tmh9 grammar-connect-time-background μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 This phrase provides background information that sets the time period for Jesus' ministry. Jesus did not begin his ministry until John had been arrested. Use the natural form in your language for expressing this information. Alternate translation: “Later, John was arrested. After that” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background) +MRK 1 14 ys3b figs-activepassive ἦλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 "Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Also, it might be more natural to indicate that Jesus was returning to Galilee. Alternate translation: “Jesus went back to Galilee” or “Jesus returned to Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
MRK 1 14 ns6b κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 proclaiming the gospel Alternate Translation: “telling the people there about the good news” MRK 1 15 fzq5 figs-idiom πεπλήρωται ὁ καιρὸς καὶ ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The phrase **the time has been fulfilled** is an idiom that means that something which God said would happen has finally happened. Often, this refers to prophecy of the Old Testament being fulfilled in the New Testament. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can state this plainly. Alternate tra nslation: “God said that his rule would come near, and now it has” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom) MRK 1 15 rhom writing-quotations καὶ λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and this is what he said” or “giving this message:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) MRK 1 15 quab figs-activepassive πεπλήρωται ὁ καιρὸς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The time has come” or “What God promised is now happening” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive) -MRK 1 15 yo11 figs-activepassive 1 The phrase **has come near** could mean: (1) has begun. Alternate translation: “God is now creating his kingdom among you” or (2) will soon begin. Alternate translation: “God will soon bring people into his kingdom” -MRK 1 16 kgzb figs-explicit Σίμωνα καὶ Ἀνδρέαν 1 The phrase **has come near** could mean: (1) has begun. Alternate translation: “God is now creating his kingdom among you” or (2) will soon begin. Alternate translation: “God will soon bring people into his kingdom” +MRK 1 15 yo11 figs-activepassive 1 The phrase **has come near** could mean: (1) has begun. Alternate translation: “God is now creating his kingdom among you” or (2) will soon begin. Alternate translation: “God will soon bring people into his kingdom” +MRK 1 16 kgzb figs-explicit Σίμωνα καὶ Ἀνδρέαν 1 The phrase **has come near** could mean: (1) has begun. Alternate translation: “God is now creating his kingdom among you” or (2) will soon begin. Alternate translation: “God will soon bring people into his kingdom” MRK 1 16 z3j9 figs-explicit ἀμφιβάλλοντας ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ 1 casting a net into the sea The purpose of throwing the net was to catch fish in it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “throwing a net into the water to catch fish” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) MRK 1 16 xor6 grammar-connect-logic-result ἦσαν γὰρ ἁλιεῖς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. You may also wish to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Because they were fishermen, they were casting a net into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) MRK 1 17 zui3 figs-idiom δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου 1 Come after me **Come after me** is an idiom which means to become a disciple of someone. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Join the group of my followers” or “Become my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ MRK 1 17 mlc6 figs-metaphor ποιήσω ὑμᾶς γενέσθαι ἁλιε MRK 1 17 i2sr figs-metaphor ἀνθρώπων 1 **men** here refers not just to men, but to people in general. Alternate Translation: “of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) MRK 1 18 tnuc grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ εὐθέως 1 See note on [1:10](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) MRK 1 18 gvia grammar-connect-time-sequential ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ 1 Here, **they followed him** means that they went with Jesus and intended to remain with him as his disciples. Make sure that you use a phrase that does not imply that they followed him with any evil intention or followed far behind him. Alternate translation: “they walked away with Jesus to learn from him” -MRK 1 19 xl2m figs-explicit καταρτίζοντας τὰ δίκτυα 1 were in the boat mending the nets Here, **preparing** refers to making something ready to use. Since a net is made of ropes, this probably meant mending or tying it together. Alternate translation: “mending their nets” +MRK 1 19 xl2m figs-explicit καταρτίζοντας τὰ δίκτυα 1 were in the boat mending the nets Here, **preparing** refers to making something ready to use. Since a net is made of ropes, this probably meant mending or tying it together. Alternate translation: “mending their nets” MRK 1 20 zjz5 figs-explicit ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς 1 having called them If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what Jesus **called** James and John to do. Alternate translation: “having called them to come with him” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) MRK 1 20 f77b figs-explicit ἀπῆλθον ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **they** refers to James and John. It does not refer to the servants, who stayed in the boat. If this is not clear in your language, you can state it more clearly. Alternate translation: “James and John followed Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) MRK 1 20 b2ci ἀπῆλθον ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ 1 they went after him The phrase, **they went away after him** means the same as “they followed him” in [verse 18](../01/18.md). Alternate translation: “James and John followed Jesus” @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ MRK 1 23 w7z2 figs-explicit καὶ εὐθὺς ἦν ἐν τῇ συναγω MRK 1 24 ra8g figs-rquestion τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Ἰησοῦ Ναζαρηνέ? 1 What to us and to you, Jesus of Nazareth? The demons ask this rhetorical question meaning there is no reason for Jesus to interfere with them and that they desire him to leave them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Jesus of Nazareth, leave us alone! There is no reason for you to interfere with us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 1 24 qsig figs-explicit ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς 1 **us** here refers to many spirits. Often times in the biblical passages about evil spirits, there are multiple spirits controlling one person (Mark 5:1-20). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Have you come to destroy all of us evil spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 1 24 m8gz figs-rquestion ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς 1 Have you come to destroy us? The demons ask this rhetorical question to urge Jesus not to harm them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Do not destroy us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MRK 1 28 hrbh figs-metaphor καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εὐθὺς, πανταχοῦ εἰς ὅλην τὴν περίχωρον τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 This is is a metaphor which means that the story of what just happened in the synagogue spread from person to person until many heard about it in the region of Galilee. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “The story about Jesus quickly spread from person to person throughout the entire region of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 1 28 hrbh figs-metaphor καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εὐθὺς, πανταχοῦ εἰς ὅλην τὴν περίχωρον τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 This is is a metaphor which means that the story of what just happened in the synagogue spread from person to person until many heard about it in the region of Galilee. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “The story about Jesus quickly spread from person to person throughout the entire region of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 1 29 ybs7 ἦλθον 1 Connecting Statement: Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “They went to the house of Simon and Andrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 1 30 bvvl writing-background ἡ…πενθερὰ Σίμωνος κατέκειτο πυρέσσουσα 1 the mother-in-law of Simon was lying down, being sick with a fever This phrase gives background information about Peter’s mother-in-law. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 1 30 vnp5 translate-unknown πυρέσσουσα 1 A **fever** is an illness which causes the temperature of the body to increase. This results in the need to lie down in bed and rest as Peter’s mother-in-law was doing. If your reader would not be familiar with this, you could use a general expression. Alternate Translation: “being sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ MRK 1 38 plm9 figs-exclusive ἄγωμεν ἀλλαχοῦ 1 We may go elsewher MRK 1 38 z53z figs-extrainfo εἰς τὰς ἐχομένας κωμοπόλεις 1 Which towns the **surrounding towns** are is clarifed in the following passages. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) MRK 1 39 lb9t grammar-connect-time-simultaneous κηρύσσων, εἰς τὰς συναγωγὰς αὐτῶν εἰς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, καὶ τὰ δαιμόνια ἐκβάλλων 1 Jesus’ was both **preaching** and **casting out demons**. Jesus was not necessarily doing these in any order. Use the appropriate connecting word or phrase to show that Jesus was doing both of these things together. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous) MRK 1 39 zs4i figs-hyperbole ἦλθεν…εἰς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 He went in all of Galilee The words **in all** are an exaggeration used to emphasize that Jesus went to many locations during his ministry. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that conveys this idea. Alternate translation: “He went to many places in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -MRK 1 41 l9jg figs-idiom σπλαγχνισθεὶς 1 having been moved with compassion Here, the word **moved** is an idiom meaning to feel emotion about another person’s need. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Jesus, having felt compassion for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MRK 1 41 l9jg figs-idiom σπλαγχνισθεὶς 1 having been moved with compassion Here, the word **moved** is an idiom meaning to feel emotion about another person’s need. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Jesus, having felt compassion for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 1 41 flc0 figs-idiom σπλαγχνισθεὶς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **compassion** in another way. Alternate translation: “Jesus felt compassionate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 1 41 qjz4 figs-ellipsis θέλω 1 I am willing If **I am willing** would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply what Jesus is willing to do from the context. Alternate translation: “I am willing to make you clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 1 43 iw7t 0 General Information: The word **him** used here refers to the leper whom Jesus healed. @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ MRK 2 1 j6pa grammar-connect-time-background καὶ εἰσελθὼν πάλι MRK 2 1 afvi figs-explicit ἐν οἴκῳ ἐστίν 1 There is some debate over whose **house** this is. It could possibly be (1) Peter’s house. Peter’s house functioned as the place where Jesus always returned to when we was in the town of Capernaum. Alternate translation: “He was in Peter’s house” or (2) you could leave it generic, and not specify whose house it was. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 2 3 s21g translate-unknown παραλυτικὸν 1 A paralytic is someone who is not able to completely use their body. Sometimes they just can’t use their legs, but sometimes they can’t use anything. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) MRK 2 4 v6ma translate-unknown ἀπεστέγασαν τὴν στέγην ὅπου ἦν, καὶ ἐξορύξαντες, χαλῶσι 1 they removed the roof where he was, and having made an opening, they lowered Houses where Jesus lived had flat roofs made of clay and covered with tiles. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they removed the tiles from the part of the roof above where Jesus was. And when they had dug through the clay roof, they lowered” or “they made a hole in the roof above where Jesus was, and then they lowered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -MRK 2 4 ouxr translate-unknown κράβαττον 1 A mat was a portable bed that could also be used to transport a person. Think of something in your culture that you might carry an injured person on to get them medical attention. Alternate translation: “a stretcher” or “a cot” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown) +MRK 2 4 ouxr translate-unknown κράβαττον 1 A mat was a portable bed that could also be used to transport a person. Think of something in your culture that you might carry an injured person on to get them medical attention. Alternate translation: “a stretcher” or “a cot” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown) MRK 2 5 trg9 figs-explicit ἰδὼν…τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν 1 having seen their faith **having seen the men’s faith** could mean: (1) only the men who carried the paralyzed man had **faith**. (2) the paralyzed man and the men who brought him to Jesus all had **faith**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 2 5 hzg6 translate-kinship τέκνον 1 Child The word **Child** here shows Jesus cared for the man as a father cares for a son. This man was not actually Jesus’ son. If your language has a term like this, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “Beloved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) MRK 2 6 le6v figs-metonymy διαλογιζόμενοι ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 reasoning in their hearts Here, **hearts** is a metonym for the people’s thoughts. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “were thinking to themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -118,23 +118,23 @@ MRK 2 8 h3zp figs-explicit ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πνεύ MRK 2 8 wga7 figs-rquestion τί ταῦτα διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν? 1 Why are you thinking these things in your hearts? Jesus uses this question to tell the scribes that what they are thinking is wrong. It also shows that He knows what they are thinking without them saying it out loud. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “What you are thinking is wrong.” or “Do not think that I am blaspheming.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 2 8 s3m6 figs-metonymy ταῦτα…ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 these things in your hearts The word **hearts** is a metonym for their inner thoughts and desires. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “this inside yourselves” or “these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 2 9 wv5d figs-rquestion τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν τῷ παραλυτικῷ, ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου καὶ περιπάτει? 1 Which is easier to say to the paralyzed man, ‘Your sins have been forgiven’ or to say ‘Get up and take up your bed, and walk’? Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive sins. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I just said to the paralyzed man, ‘Your sins are forgiven.’ You may think that it is harder to say ‘Get up, take up your bed, and walk,’ because the proof of whether or not I can heal him will be shown by whether or not he gets up and walks.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MRK 2 10 g4jn εἰδῆτε 1 But in order that you may know The word **you** refers to the scribes and the crowd. If this would be misunderstood, you can state this explicitly. +MRK 2 10 g4jn εἰδῆτε 1 But in order that you may know The word **you** refers to the scribes and the crowd. If this would be misunderstood, you can state this explicitly. MRK 2 10 jw9z figs-123person ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 that the Son of Man has authority Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man.” If this is confusing in your language, you can use the second person and convey the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “that I am the Son of Man and I have authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) MRK 2 12 ki94 ἔμπροσθεν πάντων 1 in front of everyone Alternate translation: “in the presence of everyone in the house” MRK 2 13 ma6f grammar-connect-time-background καὶ ἐξῆλθεν πάλιν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ ἐδίδασκεν αὐτούς 1 Connecting Statement: This phrase acts as background information to tell the reader where the next event is taking place. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) MRK 2 13 zecn figs-go πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτόν 1 Your language may say “went” rather than came in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “A large crowd went to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 2 14 sc4g translate-names Λευεὶν τὸν τοῦ Ἁλφαίου 1 Levi son of Alphaeus **Alphaeus** was the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 2 15 bwv2 ἦσαν γὰρ πολλοὶ, καὶ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ 1 for there were many and they were following him Alternate translation: “There were many tax collectors and sinful people who followed Jesus” -MRK 2 15 zqcu figs-hendiadys καὶ πολλοὶ τελῶναι καὶ ἁμαρτωλοὶ συνανέκειντο τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 These two groups are used to express that Jesus and his students were eating with many people who the religious leaders looked down upon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) +MRK 2 15 zqcu (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) καὶ πολλοὶ τελῶναι καὶ ἁμαρτωλοὶ συνανέκειντο τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 These two groups are used to express that Jesus and his students were eating with many people who the religious leaders looked down upon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) MRK 2 16 rwu1 figs-rquestion οἱ γραμματεῖς τῶν Φαρισαίων 1 This phrase tells the reader that these scribes were members of the group known as the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “The scribes, who were members of the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) MRK 2 16 b1bi figs-rquestion ὅτι μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει? 1 Why is he eating with the tax collectors and sinners? The scribes and Pharisees asked this question to show they disapproved of Jesus’ hospitality to tax collectors and sinners. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He should not eat with sinners and tax collectors!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 2 17 ak1u writing-proverbs οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 The ones being healthy do not have need of a physician, but the ones having sickness Jesus used this proverb about sick people and doctors to teach them that only people who know that they are sinful realize that they need Jesus. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) MRK 2 17 c62j figs-irony οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες. οὐκ ἦλθον καλέσαι δικαίους, ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς 1 **Those who are sick** are equated with those who are wanting to be saved by Jesus. The **healthy** are equated with those who do not think they need Jesus. Jesus does not actually think those who do not want him are healthy, but the opposite. He says this because those people think they are healthy in their own eyes and do not need Jesus. If this would be confusing in your language, you be more explicit. Alternate translation: “Those who suppose themselves to be healthy do not need a doctor. It is those who know that they are sick who need a doctor”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) -MRK 2 17 lh4l figs-ellipsis οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 The words **have a need of a physician** are assumed in the second phrase. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: Those who are healthy do not need a doctor, but those whoa re sick need a doctor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 2 17 ca4e figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἦλθον καλέσαι…ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς 1 but sinners The words **I came...to call** are understood from the phrase before this. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I came to call sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MRK 2 17 lh4l figs-ellipsis οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 The words **have a need of a physician** are assumed in the second phrase. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: Those who are healthy do not need a doctor, but those whoa re sick need a doctor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MRK 2 17 ca4e figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἦλθον καλέσαι…ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς 1 but sinners The words **I came...to call** are understood from the phrase before this. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I came to call sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 2 18 z394 ἔρχονται 1 they are coming **They came** refers to an unknown group of people. It is best to leave this unknown, as it is not clear who is being talked about here. Alternate translation: “A group of unknown men came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) MRK 2 18 j1h2 figs-explicit καὶ ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύοντες 1 This fast is likely referring to the fast which the religious leaders performed twice per week. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “Now, the students of John and the Pharisees were performing their bi-weekly fast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 2 18 y7bm figs-explicit καὶ ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύοντες. 1 This phrase provides background information. The author is telling us this to help us to understand why Jesus was being asked this question. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now, it happened at the time when the students of John the Baptizer and the Pharisees were fasting.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +MRK 2 18 y7bm figs-explicit καὶ ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύοντες. 1 This phrase provides background information. The author is telling us this to help us to understand why Jesus was being asked this question. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now, it happened at the time when the students of John the Baptizer and the Pharisees were fasting.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 2 19 eke3 figs-rquestion μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν νηστεύειν? 1 The sons of the wedding chamber are not able to fast while the bridegroom is still with them, are they? Jesus uses this question to remind the people of something they already know and to encourage them to apply it to him and his disciples. Alternate translation: “Wedding attendants do not fast while the bridegroom is with them. Rather they celebrate and feast.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 2 19 tiiz figs-extrainfo μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν νηστεύειν? 1 It is best to keep this verse the way it is. Do not clarify that it is about Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) MRK 2 20 vg2u figs-activepassive ἀπαρθῇ…ὁ νυμφίος 1 the bridegroom may be taken away If it would be more natural in your language, you could say **the bridegroom may be taken away** with an active form. Alternate translation: “the bridegroom will leave his friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -143,26 +143,26 @@ MRK 2 21 v6xc figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγ MRK 2 21 vdza figs-parables οὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπιράπτει ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον παλαιόν; εἰ δὲ μή αἴρει τὸ πλήρωμα ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ, τὸ καινὸν τοῦ παλαιοῦ, καὶ χεῖρον σχίσμα γίνεται. 1 This verse is a parable, as well as verse 22. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) MRK 2 22 fk15 figs-explicit ἀσκοὺς 1 wineskins These were bags made out of animal skins where wine was stored. If they were old and used, and someone put new wine in them, they would tear. This would happen because the wine expands as it sits for a long time and the old wine skins could no longer stretch with the wine. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) MRK 2 22 dgcz figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινούς 1 In this phrase, it is assumed that **new wine** is being poured **into fresh wineskins**. If this would be confusing in your language, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “But you should pour new wine into new wineskins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 2 23 jya1 figs-explicit τίλλοντες τοὺς στάχυας 1 picking the heads of grain Plucking grain in others’ fields and eating it was not considered stealing. It was actually a commandment of the Law to leave the grain on the edges of your field standing so that those who were hungry could eat it. The question was whether it was lawful to do this on the Sabbath. If this would be misunderstood In your culture, you can clarify. Alternate translation: plucking heads of grain, as the Law permitted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 2 23 jya1 figs-explicit τίλλοντες τοὺς στάχυας 1 picking the heads of grain Plucking grain in others’ fields and eating it was not considered stealing. It was actually a commandment of the Law to leave the grain on the edges of your field standing so that those who were hungry could eat it. The question was whether it was lawful to do this on the Sabbath. If this would be misunderstood In your culture, you can clarify. Alternate translation: plucking heads of grain, as the Law permitted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 2 23 k3pa figs-explicit τοὺς στάχυας 1 the heads of grain The **heads** are the topmost part of the wheat plant, which is a kind of tall grass. The heads hold the mature grain or seeds of the plant. The disciples were **picking the heads of grain** to eat the kernels, or seeds, in them. This can be worded to show the full meaning. Alternate translation: “picking heads of grain and eating the seeds”. If this would be misunderstood in your language, think of a type of food that you have to remove from a shell or casing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 2 24 h41a figs-rquestion ἴδε, τί ποιοῦσιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν? 1 Look, why are they doing what is not lawful on the Sabbaths? The Pharisees ask Jesus a question to condemn him. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Look! They are breaking the Jewish law concerning the Sabbaths.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 2 24 bf8w figs-exclamations ἴδε 1 Look “Look at this” or “Listen.” This is a word used to get the attention of someone to show them something. If there is a word in your language that is used to draw a person’s attention to something, you could use that here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) MRK 2 25 g8sf figs-rquestion οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ 1 Have you never read what David did You can state this (1) as a command. Alternate translation: “Remember what you read about what David did” or (2) as a statement. Alternate translation: “you have read that David did the same thing when he and those with him were hungry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 2 25 r14d figs-explicit οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ 1 Have you never read what David did Jesus refers to reading about David in the Old Testament. You can translate this showing the implicit information. Alternate translation: “Have you not read in the scriptures what David did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 2 25 cjzx figs-doublet ὅτε χρείαν ἔσχεν καὶ ἐπείνασεν 1 **had need** and **hungry** are two words that being used to express the same idea. If it would be misunderstood in your language, you can combine the two words in your translation. Alternate translation: “When he was in need of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -MRK 2 26 y57j figs-explicit τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως 1 the bread of the presence This refers to the 12 loaves of **bread** that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God during Old Testament times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 2 26 y57j figs-explicit τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως 1 the bread of the presence This refers to the 12 loaves of **bread** that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God during Old Testament times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 2 26 wz3g figs-metaphor εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus is figuratively describing the tabernacle as the house of God. He is speaking as if it were the place where God lived, since God’s presence was there. Alternate translation: “David went into the tabernacle” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) MRK 2 27 i374 figs-activepassive τὸ Σάββατον διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐγένετο 1 The Sabbath was made for man Jesus makes clear why God established the Sabbath. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God made the Sabbath for mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 2 27 u83s figs-gendernotations τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 man **man** is a word which refers to both men and women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) MRK 2 27 v3mb figs-genericnoun τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 **man** is a generic noun. It does not refer to any specific person, but to mankind as a whole. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) MRK 2 27 s2yd figs-ellipsis οὐχ ὁ ἄνθρωπος διὰ τὸ Σάββατον 1 not man for the Sabbath The words **was made** are understood from the previous phrase. They can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “man was not made for the Sabbath” or “God did not make man for the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 2 28 wgwu 1 Son of Man is a common title given to Jesus. See the introduction to the book for a detailed explanation of the title. -MRK 2 28 pwb5 1 There are two major interpretations of this passage. (1) Many think that Jesus is here appealing to his heavenly authority to speak about the Sabbath day to the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “Therefore, I, the Son of Man, am Lord of the Sabbath.” (2) **son of man** is a popular title used in the Old Testament to refer to a human being. Jesus could be saying (functioning as the conclusion to the previous verse) that mankind has authority over the Sabbath, and that the Sabbath does not have authority over mankind. Alternate translation: “Therefore, mankind has authority over the Sabbath”. +MRK 2 28 wgwu 1 Son of Man is a common title given to Jesus. See the introduction to the book for a detailed explanation of the title. +MRK 2 28 pwb5 1 There are two major interpretations of this passage. (1) Many think that Jesus is here appealing to his heavenly authority to speak about the Sabbath day to the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “Therefore, I, the Son of Man, am Lord of the Sabbath.” (2) **son of man** is a popular title used in the Old Testament to refer to a human being. Jesus could be saying (functioning as the conclusion to the previous verse) that mankind has authority over the Sabbath, and that the Sabbath does not have authority over mankind. Alternate translation: “Therefore, mankind has authority over the Sabbath”. MRK 3 intro x969 0 # Mark 3 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sabbath

It was against the law of Moses to do work on the Sabbath. The Pharisees believed healing a sick person on the Sabbath was “work,” so they said that Jesus did wrong when he healed a person on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”

No one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### The twelve disciples

The following are the lists of the twelve disciples:

In Matthew:

Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.

In Mark:

Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.

In Luke:

Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.

Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.

### Brothers and Sisters

Most people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]]) -MRK 3 2 vr25 figs-explicit ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 so that they might accuse him If Jesus were to heal the man that day, the Pharisees would **accuse him** of breaking the law by the working on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “so that they could accuse him of wrongdoing” or “so that they could accuse him of breaking the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 3 2 q35x grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 This phrase tells the reader why the Pharisees were watching Jesus. Alternate translation: “They were doing this so that they could accuse him of working on the jewish rest day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -MRK 3 3 nm6w ἔγειρε εἰς τὸ μέσον 1 in our midst **midst** here is referring to the group people who were gathered inside of the synagogue. If this would be confusing in your language, you can be explicit. Alternate translation: “Stand up in front of all of those meeting here” -MRK 3 4 mh3z figs-rquestion ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι? 1 Is it lawful on the Sabbaths to do good, or to do harm; to save a life, or to kill? Jesus said this to challenge them. He wanted them to acknowledge that it is **lawful** to obey God and do good on the Sabbath. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you may state these questions as sentences. Alternate translation: “It is allowed for people to do good on the sabbath, but not to do evil. Likewise it is allowed to save someone on the sabbath, but not to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MRK 3 2 vr25 figs-explicit ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 so that they might accuse him If Jesus were to heal the man that day, the Pharisees would **accuse him** of breaking the law by the working on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “so that they could accuse him of wrongdoing” or “so that they could accuse him of breaking the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 3 2 q35x grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 This phrase tells the reader why the Pharisees were watching Jesus. Alternate translation: “They were doing this so that they could accuse him of working on the jewish rest day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +MRK 3 3 nm6w ἔγειρε εἰς τὸ μέσον 1 in our midst **midst** here is referring to the group people who were gathered inside of the synagogue. If this would be confusing in your language, you can be explicit. Alternate translation: “Stand up in front of all of those meeting here” +MRK 3 4 mh3z figs-rquestion ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι? 1 Is it lawful on the Sabbaths to do good, or to do harm; to save a life, or to kill? Jesus said this to challenge them. He wanted them to acknowledge that it is **lawful** to obey God and do good on the Sabbath. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you may state these questions as sentences. Alternate translation: “It is allowed for people to do good on the sabbath, but not to do evil. Likewise it is allowed to save someone on the sabbath, but not to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 3 4 i71v figs-parallelism ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι 1 to do good, or to do harm … to save a life, or to kill **Do the laws that God gave Moses permit people to do good on the day of rest, or to do evil** and **Do the laws permit us to save a person’s life on the day of rest, or permit us to refuse to help a person and let them die** are similar in meaning, except that the second is more extreme. The two phrases are trying to make the same point. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) MRK 3 4 vz6c figs-ellipsis ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι 1 to save a life, or to kill The phrase **is it lawful** is assumed here. If this would be misunderstood, you may clarify and add it again for the second phrase. Alternate translation: “is it lawful to save a life, or is it lawful to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 3 4 nut4 figs-metonymy ψυχὴν 1 a life This refers to physical life and is a metonym for a person. Alternate translation: “someone from dying” or “someone’s life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ MRK 3 11 rpwx figs-explicit προσέπιπτον αὐτῷ καὶ ἔκρα MRK 3 11 xf41 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MRK 3 13 fatx figs-idiom ἀναβαίνει εἰς τὸ ὄρος 1 **he goes up on the mountain** does not refer to a specific mountain. This phrase is an idiom which means that Jesus traveled to the mountainous regions. If this would be misunderstood, you may state it explicitly. Alternate Translation: “Jesus went up into the mountainous regions” or “Jesus went up into area with many hills” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 3 16 ywli translate-textvariants καὶ ἐποίησεν τοὺς δώδεκα 1 Some manuscripts do not include the words **and he appointed the Twelve**. This is likely original, but some writers decided to leave it out because verse 14 has a similar phrase. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -MRK 3 16 ozli figs-nominaladj τοὺς δώδεκα 1 Luke is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +MRK 3 16 ozli figs-nominaladj τοὺς δώδεκα 1 Luke is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) MRK 3 16 i7tf translate-names καὶ ἐπέθηκεν ὄνομα τῷ Σίμωνι, Πέτρον 1 To Simon, also he added the name Peter **Simon** is the first man listed. All of the names listed here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 3 16 bt0f figs-explicit ἐπέθηκεν ὄνομα τῷ Σίμωνι, Πέτρον 1 In ancient times, people changed their names to show that they are changing something about them. Here, Jesus changes Peter’s name to show that Peter is now one of his followers. This also happens in the next verse. If this would be misunderstood, think of something in your language that people do to signify a major change in their lives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 3 17 n4gy translate-metaphor ὀνόματα Βοανηργές, ὅ ἐστιν υἱοὶ βροντῆς 1 the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder Jesus called them this because they were like **thunder**. Alternate translation: “the name Boanerges, which means men who are like thunder” or “the name Boanerges, which means thunder men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-metaphor]]) @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ MRK 4 4 si37 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ σπείρειν, ὃ μὲν ἔπεσε MRK 4 5 wuw2 καὶ ἄλλο ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὸ πετρῶδες 1 In this verse and in the following 4 verses, the word **other** is referring to seeds that fell in different areas as the sower was planting. If this would be misunderstood, see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 4 6 z2el figs-idiom ἀνέτειλεν ὁ ἥλιος 1 **the sun rose** is an idiom which means when the sun got to its highest and hottest point in the sky. If this would be misunderstood, you state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “when the hottest time of the day came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 4 6 ee49 figs-activepassive ἐκαυματίσθη 1 it was scorched If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “it scorched the plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 4 7 bw62 ἄλλο ἔπεσεν 1 choked it … it did not produce See the note on [4:5](../04/05.md) +MRK 4 7 bw62 ἄλλο ἔπεσεν 1 choked it … it did not produce See the note on [4:5](../04/05.md) MRK 4 8 v3sr figs-ellipsis αὐξανόμενα, καὶ ἔφερεν εἰς τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν 1 increasing and yielding one, 30, and one, 60, and one, 100 The amount of grain produced by each plant is being compared to the single seed from which it grew. Ellipsis is used here to shorten the phrases but they can be written out. Alternate translation: “Some plants bore 30 times as much grain, some produced 60 times as much grain, and some produced 100 times as much grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 4 8 u327 translate-numbers τριάκοντα…ἑξήκοντα…ἑκατόν 1 30 … 60 … 100 “thirty … sixty … a hundred.” These may be written as numerals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) MRK 4 9 p2us figs-metonymy ὃς ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 Whoever has ears to hear, let him hear The phrase **has ears** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Whoever is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ MRK 4 19 f4ip ἄκαρπος γίνεται 1 it becomes unfruitful **unfruitf MRK 4 20 axh1 figs-metaphor ἐκεῖνοί εἰσιν οἱ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τὴν καλὴν σπαρέντες 1 these are the ones sown in the good soil If your readers would not understand this metaphor, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “Some people represent the seeds which the farmer sowed upon the good soil. ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 4 20 d3r7 figs-ellipsis ἓν τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν 1 one, 30, and one, 60, and one, 100 This refers to the grain that the plants produce. Alternate translation: “some produce 30 grains, some produce 60 grains, and some produce 100 grains” or “some produce 30 times the grain that was sown, some produce 60 times the grain that was sown, and some produce 100 times the grain that was sown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 4 20 tdwj translate-numbers τριάκοντα…ἑξήκοντα…ἑκατόν 1 30 … 60 … 100 You can state the numbers as text. Alternate translation: “thirty … sixty … a hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -MRK 4 21 zzw7 αὐτοῖς 1 And he was saying to them **Them** could also possibly be referring to (1) the crowd. Alternate translation: “the crowd”. or (2) if you do not know, you can make it vague. Alternate translation: “them” +MRK 4 21 zzw7 αὐτοῖς 1 And he was saying to them **Them** could also possibly be referring to (1) the crowd. Alternate translation: “the crowd”. or (2) if you do not know, you can make it vague. Alternate translation: “them” MRK 4 21 nn7e figs-rquestion μήτι ἔρχεται ὁ λύχνος ἵνα ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον τεθῇ, ἢ ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην? 1 The lamp does not come in order to be put under a basket, or under the bed, does it? Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You certainly do not bring a light inside the house to put it under a basket, or under a bed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 4 21 dkq7 figs-rquestion ἵνα ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον τεθῇ, ἢ ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην 1 Mark mentions two household items here for the sake of emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) MRK 4 22 y5kn figs-litotes οὐ γάρ ἐστιν κρυπτὸν, ἐὰν μὴ ἵνα φανερωθῇ; οὐδὲ ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν 1 For nothing is hidden except so that it might be revealed, and nothing secret has happened except so that it might come to exposure You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “For everything that is hidden will be made known, and everything that is secret will come out into to open” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) @@ -262,17 +262,17 @@ MRK 4 23 k1a8 figs-metonymy εἴ τις ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀ MRK 4 24 r2r1 ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 he was saying to them See how you translated [4:21](../04/21.md) MRK 4 24 zis1 figs-metaphor ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε 1 In that measure you use This is a metaphor in which Jesus speaks of “understanding” as if it were “measuring.” If your readers would not understand, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “The one who thinks carefully about the things I have said, God will allow him to understand even more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 4 24 c4xp figs-activepassive μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν, καὶ προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 it will be measured to you, and it will be added to you If it would be more natural in your language, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will measure that amount for you, and he will add it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 4 25 i24l figs-activepassive δοθήσεται αὐτῷ…ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτο 1 to him will be given … even what he has will be taken away from him If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to him God will give more … from him God will take away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 4 25 i24l figs-activepassive δοθήσεται αὐτῷ…ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτο 1 to him will be given … even what he has will be taken away from him If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to him God will give more … from him God will take away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 4 26 n1mq figs-parables οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Connecting Statement: Jesus tells the people parables to explain the kingdom of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) MRK 4 26 r5n7 figs-simile ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον 1 As a man who may throw his seed Jesus likens the kingdom of God to a man who **may throw his seed**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of God grows like when a man throws seed on the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) MRK 4 26 htar figs-parables ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 The word **man** is not speaking of any specific person, but people who scatter seed in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “As people who scatter seed upon the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -MRK 4 28 cew8 grammar-connect-time-sequential πρῶτον…εἶτα…εἶτα 1 the ear These words show that this happened one after another. Make sure that this is clear to your audience in your translation. Alternate translation: “First, the stalks appeared. After this, the heads appeared. Finally, the mature grain in the heads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) +MRK 4 28 cew8 grammar-connect-time-sequential πρῶτον…εἶτα…εἶτα 1 the ear These words show that this happened one after another. Make sure that this is clear to your audience in your translation. Alternate translation: “First, the stalks appeared. After this, the heads appeared. Finally, the mature grain in the heads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) MRK 4 29 ah9d figs-metonymy εὐθὺς ἀποστέλλει τὸ δρέπανον 1 he immediately sends forth the sickle Here, **the sickle** is a metonym that stands for the farmer or the people whom the farmer sends out to harvest the grain. Alternate translation: “he immediately goes into the field with a sickle to harvest the grain” or “he immediately sends people with sickles into the field to harvest the grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 4 29 yd1d δρέπανον 1 sickle A **sickle** is a curved blade or a sharp hook used to cut tall crops down to the ground to be harvested. If this would be misunderstood, use a tool in your language that is used to do this job. MRK 4 29 hx6v figs-idiom ὅτι παρέστηκεν ὁ θερισμός 1 because the harvest has come Here the phrase **has come** is an idiom for the grain being ripe for harvest. Alternate translation: “because it was time for the farmers to harvest the grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 4 30 ivk2 figs-rquestion πῶς ὁμοιώσωμεν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἢ ἐν τίνι αὐτὴν παραβολῇ θῶμεν? 1 How might we compare the kingdom of God, or in what parable might we present it? Jesus asked this question to cause his hearers to get the listeners attention, as he was about to speak another parable about **the kingdom of God**. Alternate translation: “With this parable I can explain what the kingdom of God is like.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 4 31 w4l5 figs-activepassive ὅταν σπαρῇ 1 when it may have been sown If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “when someone sows it” or “when someone plants it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 4 32 x1xh figs-personification καὶ ποιεῖ κλάδους μεγάλους 1 and it forms large branches The mustard tree is described as causing its branches to grow large. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “with large branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +MRK 4 32 x1xh figs-personification καὶ ποιεῖ κλάδους μεγάλους 1 and it forms large branches The mustard tree is described as causing its branches to grow large. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “with large branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) MRK 4 33 y7i2 καὶ τοιαύταις παραβολαῖς πολλαῖς, ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον, καθὼς ἠδύναντο ἀκούειν 1t This verse marks the end of this section of Jesus’ parables. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) MRK 4 34 oo4t figs-litotes χωρὶς δὲ παραβολῆς οὐκ ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς 1 Luke uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) MRK 4 34 gp99 figs-hyperbole ἐπέλυεν πάντα 1 he was explaining everything Here, **everything** does not actually mean everything, but rather, all of his parables which he had spoken. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could state this clearly. Alternate translation: “he explained all his parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ MRK 5 intro lh25 0 # Mark 5 General Notes

## Possible translation diff MRK 5 1 fix1 writing-newevent καὶ ἦλθον εἰς τὸ πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης, εἰς τὴν χώραν τῶν Γερασηνῶν 1 Connecting Statement: This verse acts as an introduction to the next story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After this, they came to the other side of the Sea of Galilee, to the region where the Geresenes lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) MRK 5 1 gt8a figs-go ἦλθον 1 They came Your language may say “went” rather than came in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 5 1 vsc7 translate-names τῶν Γερασηνῶν 1 the Gerasenes This name refers to the people who live in Gerasa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 5 2 pf16 figs-idiom ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ 1 with an unclean spirit This is an idiom meaning that the man is controlled by the unclean spirit. Alternate translation: “that an unclean spirit controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MRK 5 2 pf16 figs-idiom ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ 1 with an unclean spirit This is an idiom meaning that the man is controlled by the unclean spirit. Alternate translation: “that an unclean spirit controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 5 4 nsol translate-unknown διὰ τὸ αὐτὸν πολλάκις πέδαις καὶ ἁλύσεσι δεδέσθαι, καὶ διεσπάσθαι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ τὰς ἁλύσεις καὶ τὰς πέδας συντετρῖφθαι, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἴσχυεν αὐτὸν δαμάσαι 1 This verse and the next verse function as background information to tell the reader about this man who was controlled by an evil spirit. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 5 4 da4x figs-activepassive αὐτὸν πολλάκις…δεδέσθαι 1 He had been bound many times If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People had bound him many times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 5 4 nep6 figs-activepassive τὰς πέδας συντετρῖφθαι 1 his shackles were shattered If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he shattered his shackles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ MRK 5 28 alc9 grammar-connect-logic-result ἔλεγεν γὰρ 1 This verse t MRK 5 28 wge2 figs-activepassive σωθήσομαι 1 I will be saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 5 29 c1vz figs-activepassive ἴαται ἀπὸ τῆς μάστιγος 1 she had been healed from the disease If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sickness had left her” or “she was no longer sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 5 30 ma2b figs-explicit τὴν ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν ἐξελθοῦσαν 1 his power had gone out from him When the woman touched Jesus, Jesus felt **his power** healing her. Jesus himself did not lose any of his power to heal people when he healed her. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “his power went out from him and healed someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 5 33 r3a0 figs-doublet ἡ δὲ γυνὴ, φοβηθεῖσα καὶ τρέμουσα 1 Both words **fear and trembling** are similar words used to show that the woman was very afraid. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “The woman was very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +MRK 5 33 r3a0 figs-doublet ἡ δὲ γυνὴ, φοβηθεῖσα καὶ τρέμουσα 1 Both words **fear and trembling** are similar words used to show that the woman was very afraid. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “The woman was very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) MRK 5 33 b6kz figs-ellipsis εἶπεν αὐτῷ πᾶσαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 told him the whole truth The phrase **the whole truth** refers to how she had touched him and became well. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “told him the whole truth about how she had touched him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 5 34 gbk8 translate-kinship θυγάτηρ 1 Daughter Jesus was using this term figuratively to refer to the woman as a believer. She was not actually his daughter. Make sure this is understood by your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) MRK 5 35 t2wd figs-rquestion τί ἔτι σκύλλεις τὸν διδάσκαλον? 1 Why trouble the teacher any longer? This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is useless to bother the teacher any longer.” or “There no need to bother the teacher any longer.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -328,41 +328,41 @@ MRK 5 39 dzrk figs-ellipsis τὸ παιδίον οὐκ ἀπέθανεν, ἀ MRK 5 39 g83c figs-euphemism τὸ παιδίον οὐκ ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει 1 The child has not died, but is sleeping **sleep** here refers to death. Jesus is likely using it to mean a temporary end to the girls life, but not a permanent end. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “The child is not permanently dead, but she has died for a short time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) MRK 5 41 hx3c translate-transliterate ταλιθὰ, κοῦμ! 1 Talitha, koum! This is an Aramaic sentence which Jesus spoke to the little girl in her language. In your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) MRK 5 42 pt5t translate-numbers ἦν…ἐτῶν δώδεκα 1 she was 12 years of age “she was twelve years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -MRK 5 42 m49c translate-numbers καὶ εὐθὺς ἀνέστη τὸ κοράσιον καὶ περιεπάτει, ἦν γὰρ ἐτῶν δώδεκα 1 Mark includes this information to help the readers understand how it was that she immediately **rose up** and began **walking**. She was able to get up and walk because she was old enough to do so. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And immediately the little girl rose up and was walking. She was able to do this because she was 12 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 5 42 m49c translate-numbers καὶ εὐθὺς ἀνέστη τὸ κοράσιον καὶ περιεπάτει, ἦν γὰρ ἐτῶν δώδεκα 1 Mark includes this information to help the readers understand how it was that she immediately **rose up** and began **walking**. She was able to get up and walk because she was old enough to do so. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And immediately the little girl rose up and was walking. She was able to do this because she was 12 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 5 43 n29k figs-quotations καὶ εἶπεν δοθῆναι αὐτῇ φαγεῖν 1 and he told them to give her something to eat You can state this as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “and he told them, ‘Give her something to eat’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) MRK 6 intro kl7n 0 # Mark 6 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “Anointed with oil”

In the ancient Near East, people would try to heal sick people by putting olive oil on them. MRK 6 1 mi7z writing-newevent καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐκεῖθεν, καὶ ἔρχεται εἰς τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθοῦσιν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Connecting Statement: This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, Jesus and his disciples went out from there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) MRK 6 1 lpci figs-go ἐξῆλθεν…ἔρχεται εἰς 1 Your language may say “went” rather than came in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he came out … went into” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 6 2 y4xj figs-activepassive τίς ἡ σοφία ἡ δοθεῖσα τούτῳ 1 what is this wisdom that has been given to him? If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what is this wisdom that God gave to him?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 6 3 s3wl figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τέκτων, ὁ υἱὸς τῆς Μαρίας, καὶ ἀδελφὸς Ἰακώβου, καὶ Ἰωσῆτος, καὶ Ἰούδα, καὶ Σίμωνος? καὶ οὐκ εἰσὶν αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ ὧδε πρὸς ἡμᾶς? 1 Is this not the carpenter, the son of Mary and the brother of James and Joses and Judas and Simon? And are his sisters not here with us? If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MRK 6 3 hx1m figs-litany οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τέκτων, ὁ υἱὸς τῆς Μαρίας, καὶ ἀδελφὸς Ἰακώβου, καὶ Ἰωσῆτος, καὶ Ἰούδα, καὶ Σίμωνος? καὶ οὐκ εἰσὶν αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ ὧδε πρὸς ἡμᾶς? 1 Those who were in the synagogue with Jesus asked all of these questions to emphasize that they know who Jesus is. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things in this way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) +MRK 6 3 hx1m figs-litany οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τέκτων, ὁ υἱὸς τῆς Μαρίας, καὶ ἀδελφὸς Ἰακώβου, καὶ Ἰωσῆτος, καὶ Ἰούδα, καὶ Σίμωνος? καὶ οὐκ εἰσὶν αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ ὧδε πρὸς ἡμᾶς? 1 Those who were in the synagogue with Jesus asked all of these questions to emphasize that they know who Jesus is. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things in this way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
MRK 6 3 tlub translate-names Ἰακώβου…Ἰωσῆτος…Ἰούδα…Σίμωνος 1 James … Joses … Judas … Simon These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 6 3 d2g7 figs-synecdoche ἐν αὐτῷ 1 The people in the synagogue were not **offended** by who Jesus was. They were offended by what he was teaching them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MRK 6 4 l436 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος, εἰ μὴ 1 A prophet is not without honor, except Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “A prophet is always honored, except” or “The only place a prophet is not honored is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) MRK 6 4 y2oa figs-litany ἐν τῇ πατρίδι αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν τοῖς συγγενεῦσιν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus lists **hometown**, **relatives**, **house** to emphasize that prophets are often never welcome where they are most well known. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things like Jesus does here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) -MRK 6 4 mutm figs-litany τοῖς συγγενεῦσιν 1 **relatives** refers to people who are related to Jesus, but are not his siblings, mother, or father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a way in your language of expressing this. +MRK 6 4 mutm figs-litany τοῖς συγγενεῦσιν 1 **relatives** refers to people who are related to Jesus, but are not his siblings, mother, or father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a way in your language of expressing this. MRK 6 4 mgbp figs-litany ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus uses **in his own house** to refer to his closest relatives, lie his father, mother, or siblings. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “among his closest family members” or “by his father, mother, or siblings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 6 7 d6sx translate-numbers δύο δύο 1 two by two “2 by 2” or “in pairs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) MRK 6 6 g8s1 translate-numbers καὶ περιῆγεν τὰς κώμας, κύκλῳ διδάσκων. 1 Come back to this MRK 6 7 ldbv figs-nominaladj τοὺς δώδεκα 1 See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [11:7](../11/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) MRK 6 8 k5hl figs-doublenegatives μηδὲν αἴρωσιν εἰς ὁδὸν, εἰ μὴ ῥάβδον μόνον 1 Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “Only bring on your journey a staff” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) MRK 6 8 t9a2 figs-synecdoche μὴ ἄρτον 1 no bread Here, **bread** is a synecdoche for food in general. Alternate translation: “no food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -MRK 6 11 b2kb figs-explicit ἐκτινάξατε τὸν χοῦν τὸν ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν 1 as a testimony against them **shake off the dust that {is} under your feet** was an expression of strong rejection in this culture. It showed that someone did not want even the dust of a town to remain on them. If there is a similar gesture of rejection in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction) +MRK 6 11 b2kb figs-explicit ἐκτινάξατε τὸν χοῦν τὸν ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν
1 as a testimony against them **shake off the dust that {is} under your feet** was an expression of strong rejection in this culture. It showed that someone did not want even the dust of a town to remain on them. If there is a similar gesture of rejection in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction)
MRK 6 14 ly7z figs-activepassive Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται 1 John the Baptist has been raised If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has caused John the Baptist to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 6 15 fgy3 figs-explicit ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἠλείας ἐστίν 1 But others were saying, “He is Elijah.” It may be helpful to state why some people thought he was **Elijah**. Alternate translation: “Some others said, ‘He is Elijah, whom God promised to send back again.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 6 15 n8sq figs-explicit ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἠλείας ἐστίν; ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι προφήτης, ὡς εἷς τῶν προφητῶν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Some were saying that he is Elijah, while others were saying that he is like one of the prophets who lived long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +MRK 6 15 n8sq figs-explicit ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἠλείας ἐστίν; ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι προφήτης, ὡς εἷς τῶν προφητῶν
1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Some were saying that he is Elijah, while others were saying that he is like one of the prophets who lived long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) MRK 6 16 ym2w figs-metonymy ὃν ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα 1 whom I beheaded Here Herod uses the word **I** to refer to himself. The word **I** is a metonym for Herod’s soldiers. Alternate translation: “whom I commanded my soldiers to behead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 6 16 n6nq figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 has been raised If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 6 17 vpr7 figs-explicit αὐτὸς…ὁ Ἡρῴδης, ἀποστείλας ἐκράτησεν τὸν Ἰωάννην, καὶ ἔδησεν αὐτὸν ἐν φυλακῇ 1 Herod himself, having sent, seized John and he bound him in prison You can state this clearly that **Herod** sent his soldiers to put **John** in **prison**. Alternate translation: “Herod sent his soldiers to arrest John and had them bind him in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 6 17 ojtd figs-explicit γὰρ 1 Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand why Herod was saying that John rose from the dead. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “He was saying this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])\n MRK 6 17 sf6r translate-names τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 the wife of his brother Philip Herod’s **brother Philip** is the name of a man. This is not the same Philip who was an evangelist in the book of Acts or the Philip who was one of Jesus’ twelve disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 6 18 e2ex grammar-connect-logic-result ἔλεγεν γὰρ ὁ Ἰωάννης τῷ Ἡρῴδῃ, ὅτι οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 Herod put John into prison because he was saying **It is not lawful for you to have the wife of your brother**. Make sure this is clear in your language. Alternate translation: “Herod told his soldiers to arrest John because he was saying, ‘God’s law does not allow you to marry the wife of your brother.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +MRK 6 18 e2ex grammar-connect-logic-result ἔλεγεν γὰρ ὁ Ἰωάννης τῷ Ἡρῴδῃ, ὅτι οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 Herod put John into prison because he was saying **It is not lawful for you to have the wife of your brother**. Make sure this is clear in your language. Alternate translation: “Herod told his soldiers to arrest John because he was saying, ‘God's law does not allow you to marry the wife of your brother.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) MRK 6 19 x35v figs-metonymy Ἡρῳδιὰς…ἤθελεν αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι 1 was wanting to kill him, but she was not able **Herodias** is a metonym, as she wants someone else to execute John for her. Alternate translation: “she wanted someone to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 6 20 k13z figs-doublet εἰδὼς αὐτὸν ἄνδρα δίκαιον καὶ ἅγιον 1 **righteous and holy** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that John was a holy man before God. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Because he knew that he was a righteous man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) MRK 6 21 m54q figs-metonymy Ἡρῴδης τοῖς γενεσίοις αὐτοῦ δεῖπνον ἐποίησεν, τοῖς μεγιστᾶσιν αὐτοῦ 1 Herod prepared his birthday dinner for his officials Here, **Herod** is a metonym for his servants whom he would have commanded to prepare a meal. Alternate translation: “Herod had his servants prepare a dinner for his officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 6 22 a1d7 translate-textvariants εἰσελθούσης τῆς θυγατρὸς αὐτοῦ Ἡρῳδιάδος 1 the daughter of Herodias herself There are a few possible understandings of this passage. (1) This could be saying that Herod’s daughter’s name was Herodias. Alternate translation: “And Herodias his daughter came in” or (2) This could be speaking about the daughter of Herodias emphatically. Alternate translation: “Herodias’ daughter herself came in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -MRK 6 25 caz0 \n εὐθὺς…μετὰ σπουδῆς…ἐξαυτῆς 1 **immediately**, **with haste**, and **at once** are all words which give a sense of urgency. Make sure that this comes across in your language. -MRK 6 25 ap2w figs-euphemism δῷς μοι 1 a platter Herodias is telling her daughter that she wants King Herod to cut off John the Baptizer’s head. **give** is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “Cut off John’s head and bring it to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +MRK 6 22 a1d7 translate-textvariants εἰσελθούσης τῆς θυγατρὸς αὐτοῦ Ἡρῳδιάδος 1 the daughter of Herodias herself There are a few possible understandings of this passage. (1) This could be saying that Herod's daughter's name was Herodias. Alternate translation: “And Herodias his daughter came in” or (2) This could be speaking about the daughter of Herodias emphatically. Alternate translation: “Herodias' daughter herself came in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +MRK 6 25 caz0 \n εὐθὺς…μετὰ σπουδῆς…ἐξαυτῆς 1 **immediately**, **with haste**, and **at once** are all words which give a sense of urgency. Make sure that this comes across in your language. +MRK 6 25 ap2w figs-euphemism δῷς μοι 1 a platter Herodias is telling her daughter that she wants King Herod to cut off John the Baptizer's head. **give** is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “Cut off John's head and bring it to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) MRK 6 26 c1gn figs-explicit διὰ τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τοὺς συνανακειμένους 1 because of his oath and those reclining at table with him You can state clearly the content of the **oath**, and the relationship between the oath and the dinner guests. Alternate translation: “because his dinner guests had heard him make the oath that he would give her anything she asked for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 6 27 k51v figs-euphemism ἐνέγκαι τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ 1 on a platter See how you handled the note in verse 25. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) MRK 6 33 x5un καὶ ἐπέγνωσαν πολλοί 1 many saw them leaving and recognized them There are a few possible understandings of **recognized**. (1) The people recognized where Jesus and his disciples were going. Alternate translation: “and they knew where Jesus and his disciples were going” (2) The people knew that it was Jesus and his disciples were leaving, and so followed them. Alternate translation: “and they recognized that it was Jesus and his disciples leaving” @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ MRK 6 44 deov writing-background καὶ ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες το MRK 6 44 u413 figs-explicit ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες τοὺς ἄρτους, πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 1 those who ate the loaves were 5,000 men The number of women and children was not counted. If it would not be understood that women and children were present, it can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “And there were 5,000 men who ate the loaves. They did not even count the women and children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 6 45 y3ve translate-names Βηθσαϊδάν 1 Bethsaida This is a town on the northern shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 6 48 g7ka (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) τετάρτην φυλακὴν 1 the fourth watch This is the time between 3 AM and sunrise. If your reader would not be familiar with this, you can state this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -MRK 6 50 et5c figs-parallelism θαρσεῖτε…μὴ φοβεῖσθε 1 Take courage! … Do not fear! **Take courage** and **Do not be afraid** are similar in meaning, emphasizing to his disciples that they did not need to be afraid. They can be combined into one if necessary. Alternate translation: “Do not be afraid of me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +MRK 6 50 et5c figs-parallelism θαρσεῖτε…μὴ φοβεῖσθε 1 Take courage! … Do not fear! **Take courage** and **Do not be afraid** are similar in meaning, emphasizing to his disciples that they did not need to be afraid. They can be combined into one if necessary. Alternate translation: “Do not be afraid of me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) MRK 6 52 m53m figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄρτοις 1 about the loaves Here the phrase **the loaves** refers to when Jesus multiplied the loaves of bread. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what it meant when Jesus multiplied the loaves of bread” or “what it meant when Jesus caused the few loaves to become many” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 6 52 t1qb figs-metaphor ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη 1 their heart had been hardened Their stubborn attitude is spoken of as if their hearts had been hardened.\nIf the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. Alternate translation: “they were stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n MRK 6 53 p316 translate-names Γεννησαρὲτ 1 Gennesaret This is the name of the region to the northwest of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -391,20 +391,16 @@ MRK 6 56 gi6y ἐτίθεσαν 1 they were putting Here, **they** refers to th MRK 6 56 y6hs figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας 1 the sick This phrase refers to people. Alternate translation: “the sick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) MRK 6 56 bqzf figs-litany εἰς κώμας, ἢ εἰς πόλεις, ἢ εἰς ἀγροὺς 1 Mark lists **villages**, **cities**, and **countryside** to emphasize that everywhere Jesus went, they were bringing sick people to him. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list different places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) MRK 7 intro vq1j 0 # Mark 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:6-7, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Hand washing

The Pharisees washed many things that were not dirty because they were trying to make God think that they were good. They washed their hands before they ate, even when their hands were not dirty. and even though the law of Moses did not say that they had to do it. Jesus told them that they were wrong and that people make God happy by thinking and doing the right things. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Ephphatha”

This is an Aramaic word. Mark wrote it the way it sounds using Greek letters and then explained what it means. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) -MRK 7 1 hu3f 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus rebukes the Pharisees and scribes. -MRK 7 1 b9ul συνάγονται πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 are gathering around him “are gathered around Jesus” -MRK 7 2 b8qw writing-background 0 General Information: In verses 3 and 4, the author gives background information about the Pharisees’ washing traditions in order to show why the Pharisees were bothered that Jesus’ disciples did not wash their hands before eating. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -MRK 7 2 wd6i translate-versebridge 0 General Information: Verses 3 and 4 can be reordered in order to make it easier to understand, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]]) -MRK 7 2 a2qf ἰδόντες 1 they had seen “the Pharisees and the scribes saw” -MRK 7 2 eea5 figs-activepassive τοῦτ’ ἔστιν ἀνίπτοις 1 that is, unwashed The word **unwashed** explains why the disciples’ hands were defiled. It can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “that is, with hands that they had not washed” or “that is, that they had not washed their hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 7 3 mj6u τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 of the elders Jewish **elders** were leaders in their communities and were also judges for the people. -MRK 7 4 wsb8 χαλκίων 1 copper vessels “copper kettles” or “metal containers” -MRK 7 5 hts4 figs-metaphor διὰ τί οὐ περιπατοῦσιν οἱ μαθηταί σου κατὰ τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, ἀλλὰ κοιναῖς χερσὶν ἐσθίουσιν τὸν ἄρτον? 1 Why do your disciples not walk according to the tradition of the elders, but they eat their bread with unwashed hands? **Walk in** here is a metaphor for “obey.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 7 5 ugom figs-rquestion διὰ τί οὐ περιπατοῦσιν οἱ μαθηταί σου κατὰ τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, ἀλλὰ κοιναῖς χερσὶν ἐσθίουσιν τὸν ἄρτον? 1 Why do your disciples not walk according to the tradition of the elders, but they eat their bread with unwashed hands? The Pharisees and scribes asked this question to challenge Jesus’ authority. This can be written as two statements. Alternate translation: “Your disciples disobey the traditions of our elders! They should wash their hands using our rituals.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MRK 7 5 j7ht figs-synecdoche ἄρτον 1 bread This is a synecdoche, representing food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -MRK 7 6 t7px 0 General Information: Here Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah, who had written scripture many years earlier. -MRK 7 6 ep7u figs-metonymy τοῖς χείλεσίν 1 with their lips Here, **lips** is a metonym for speaking. Alternate translation: “by what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 7 6 zgt9 figs-metonymy ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 but their heart is far from me Here, **heart** refers to a person’s thoughts or emotions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 7 1 b9ul writing-newevent καὶ συνάγονται πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι καί τινες τῶν γραμματέων, ἐλθόντες ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων\n 1d are gathering around him This verse introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, some Pharisees and some men who teach the Jewish laws who had come from Jerusalem gathered around Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +MRK 7 2 wd6i figs-extrainfo 0 General Information: The following verses explain the significance of this verse. Since it is explained in the following verses, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) +MRK 7 3 mj6u writing-background γὰρ 1 of the elders This verse, as well as the next verse, are added to explain to the reader why the Jewish leaders did not approve of what Jesus' disciples were doing. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “They were appalled because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n +MRK 7 4 wsb8 writing-background χαλκίων 1 copper vessels See the note in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +MRK 7 5 hts4 figs-metaphor διὰ τί οὐ περιπατοῦσιν οἱ μαθηταί σου κατὰ τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, ἀλλὰ κοιναῖς χερσὶν ἐσθίουσιν τὸν ἄρτον? 1 Why do your disciples not walk according to the tradition of the elders, but they eat their bread with unwashed hands? **walk** is a common metaphor which means to “obey.” If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 7 5 ugom grammar-connect-logic-contrast\n ἀλλὰ 1 Why do your disciples not walk according to the tradition of the elders, but they eat their bread with unwashed hands? **but** is used to contrast what the Pharisees thought Jesus' disciples should be doing, with what they were actually doing. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +MRK 7 5 j7ht figs-synecdoche ἄρτον 1 bread **bread** is a synecdoche, representing food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MRK 7 6 oavh figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ὅτι καλῶς ἐπροφήτευσεν Ἠσαΐας περὶ ὑμῶν τῶν ὑποκριτῶν, ὡς γέγραπται, ὅτι οὗτος ὁ λαὸς τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ, ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ\n 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to them, ‘Isaiah prophesied well about you hypocrites when God wrote through him that people honor me with their lips, but their desires are for other things’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +MRK 7 6 ep7u figs-metonymy τοῖς χείλεσίν 1 with their lips Here, **lips** is a metonym for speaking. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 7 6 zgt9 figs-metonymy ἡ…καρδία αὐτῶν 1 but their heart is far from me The word **heart** is a metonym for their inner thoughts and desires. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “their desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 7 6 xtab figs-idiom ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 but their heart is far from me This is a way of saying the people are not truly devoted to God. Alternate translation: “but they do not really love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 7 7 f8q5 μάτην δὲ σέβονταί με 1 But they worship me in vain “But they offer me useless worship” MRK 7 8 yqj3 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to rebuke the scribes and Pharisees. @@ -652,14 +648,14 @@ MRK 9 29 kh4w figs-go τοῦτο τὸ γένος…δύναται ἐξελθ MRK 9 29 yrzf figs-abstractnouns προσευχῇ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **prayer**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **prayer** in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 9 29 l6ok figs-abstractnouns νηστείᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fasting**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **fasting** in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 9 31 w75k figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 The Son of Man is being delivered If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate the phrase **is being delivered** with an active form and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Evil men will deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 9 31 y5cw ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 The Son of Man is being delivered Alternate translation: “The Son of Man is being betrayed” +MRK 9 31 y5cw ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 The Son of Man is being delivered Alternate translation: “The Son of Man is being betrayed” MRK 9 31 z8ud figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 into the hands of men Here, **hands** is a metonym for control. Alternate translation: “into the control of men” or “into the custody of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 9 31 s1n2 figs-activepassive ἀποκτανθεὶς, μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστήσεται 1 having been killed, he will rise again after three days If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate the phrase **having been killed** with an active form and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “after they kill him, he will rise again after three days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 9 33 xv94 figs-go ἦλθον εἰς Καφαρναούμ 1 Connecting Statement: Your language may say “they went” rather than **they came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went to Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 9 33 l2kj figs-go ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ γενόμενος 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having went into the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 9 34 gdg3 figs-explicit τίς μείζων 1 about who was the greatest Here, **greatest** refers to who was the **greatest** among the disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who was the greatest among them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 9 35 jzl5 figs-metaphor εἴ τις θέλει πρῶτος εἶναι, ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος 1 If anyone wants to be first, he will be last of all Here the words **first** and **last** are opposites of one another. Jesus speaks of being the “most important” as being **first** and of being the “least important” as being **last**. Alternate translation: “If anyone wants God to consider him to be the most important person of all, he must consider himself to be the least important of all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 9 35 um58 translate-ordinal πρῶτος 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **first**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +MRK 9 35 um58 translate-ordinal πρῶτος 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **first**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) MRK 9 35 t526 πάντων…πάντων 1 of all … of all Alternate translation: “of all people … of all people” MRK 9 36 qqcu writing-pronouns ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the 12 disciples. If it would help your readers you could state that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the midst of his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) MRK 9 37 h242 ἓν τῶν τοιούτων παιδίων 1 one of these little children Alternate translation: “a child such as this one” @@ -677,7 +673,7 @@ MRK 9 41 m0d8 figs-metonymy ὀνόματι 1 See how you translated **name** i MRK 9 41 u325 figs-ellipsis ἐν ὀνόματι 1 Here, the phrase **in the name** leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “in my name” or “in the name of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 9 41 bpz5 figs-idiom ἐν ὀνόματι, ὅτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε 1 **in the name because** is an idiom which means to do something for the sake of someone. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “because you belong to Christ” or “because you serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 9 41 bgq1 figs-litotes οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ 1 he may certainly not lose Here, Jesus uses the negative phrase **certainly not** together with the negative word **lose**to express a strong positive meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he will certainly receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -MRK 9 41 wnb2 figs-abstractnouns οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **reward**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **reward** by using a verb phrase. Alternate translation: “he will certainly be rewarded” or “God will certainly reward that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MRK 9 41 wnb2 figs-abstractnouns οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **reward**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **reward** by using a verb phrase. Alternate translation: “he will certainly be rewarded” or “God will certainly reward that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 9 41 jjq5 figs-gendernotations οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Although the pronouns **he** and **his** are masculine, they are being used here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “that person will certainly not lose their reward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) MRK 9 42 cj0l figs-metaphor ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 The phrase **these little ones** could be: (1) a reference to children who love Jesus and who are physically little compared to adults. Alternate translation: “one of these children who believe in me” (2) a figurative reference to people whose faith is new and has not yet become mature and strong. Alternate translation: “one of these new believers” or (3) a figurative reference to people who are not important from a human perspective. Alternate translation: “one of these common people” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) MRK 9 42 gef5 figs-explicit καλόν ἐστιν αὐτῷ μᾶλλον εἰ 1 Jesus is drawing a comparison to the punishment for causing people to sin. He means that this person’s punishment for causing people to sin will be worse than if he had drowned in the sea. No one would actually put a stone around his neck and throw him into the sea as an alternative to that punishment, and Jesus is not saying that anyone will do so. Alternate translation: “The punishment he will receive will be worse than if” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) @@ -709,7 +705,7 @@ MRK 10 intro bq25 0 # Mark 10 General Notes

## Structure and formattin MRK 10 1 qq93 figs-explicit ἐκεῖθεν ἀναστὰς, ἔρχεται 1 having gotten up, he goes from that place Jesus’ disciples were traveling with him. They were leaving Capernaum. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “getting up, Jesus and his disciples left Capernaum and went from that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 10 1 goki figs-go ἔρχεται 1 Your language may say “comes” rather than **goes** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 10 1 j5wa καὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 and the other side of the Jordan River Alternate translation: “and to the land on the other side of the Jordan River” or “and to the area east of the Jordan River” -MRK 10 1 s6fy figs-go συνπορεύονται…ὄχλοι πρὸς αὐτόν 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “the crowds went together to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +MRK 10 1 s6fy figs-go συνπορεύονται…ὄχλοι πρὸς αὐτόν 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “the crowds went together to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 10 1 vzb4 εἰώθει 1 he had been accustomed to do Alternate translation: “was his custom” or “he usually did” MRK 10 5 m73x figs-metonymy τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν 1 your hardness of heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 10 5 xqzb figs-idiom τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν 1 your hardness of heart The phrase **hardness of heart** is an idiom which describes stubbornly choosing to resist God’s will and instead choosing one’s own will. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase “the hardness of their heart” in [Mark 3:5](../mrk/03/5.md). Alternate translation: “your stubbornness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -727,7 +723,7 @@ MRK 10 12 sn1m figs-explicit μοιχᾶται 1 she commits adultery Here, the MRK 10 13 zx1f writing-newevent καὶ 1 And they were bringing Here, the word **And** introduces a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And it happened that” or “After this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) MRK 10 13 nmw7 figs-explicit προσέφερον 1 Here, **they** refers to people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 10 13 pk8a figs-explicit αὐτῶν ἅψηται 1 he might touch them Here, **he might touch them** means that Jesus would lay his hands on the children and bless them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he might touch them with his hands and bless them” or “Jesus might lay his hands on them and bless them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 10 14 yi5m figs-doublet ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με, καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτά 1 Permit the little children to come to me, and do not prevent them The phrase **Permit the little children to come to me** and the phrase **do not prevent them** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Be sure to allow the little children to come to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +MRK 10 14 yi5m figs-doublet ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με, καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτά 1 Permit the little children to come to me, and do not prevent them The phrase **Permit the little children to come to me** and the phrase **do not prevent them** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Be sure to allow the little children to come to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) MRK 10 14 qj7i figs-doublenegatives μὴ κωλύετε 1 do not prevent If the double negative **do not prevent** would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “allow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) MRK 10 15 y3a2 ὃς ἂν μὴ δέξηται τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ὡς παιδίον, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν 1 whoever might not receive the kingdom of God as a little child may certainly not enter into it Alternate translation: “if anyone will not receive the kingdom of God as a little child, that person will definitely not enter it” MRK 10 15 a1e7 figs-simile ὡς παιδίον 1 as a little child The point of the comparison **as a little child** is that Jesus is comparing how people must receive the kingdom of God to how little children would receive things. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “with humble faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) From 95acbdcbfd70bb2191d3fcbf660b47dcced6a60a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Fri, 13 May 2022 19:27:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 03/27] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 36 ++++++++++-------------------------- 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+), 26 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 553577bf1f..b1dd8d7101 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -401,35 +401,19 @@ MRK 7 5 j7ht figs-synecdoche ἄρτον 1 bread **bread** is a synecdoche, repr MRK 7 6 oavh figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ὅτι καλῶς ἐπροφήτευσεν Ἠσαΐας περὶ ὑμῶν τῶν ὑποκριτῶν, ὡς γέγραπται, ὅτι οὗτος ὁ λαὸς τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ, ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ\n 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to them, ‘Isaiah prophesied well about you hypocrites when God wrote through him that people honor me with their lips, but their desires are for other things’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) MRK 7 6 ep7u figs-metonymy τοῖς χείλεσίν 1 with their lips Here, **lips** is a metonym for speaking. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 7 6 zgt9 figs-metonymy ἡ…καρδία αὐτῶν 1 but their heart is far from me The word **heart** is a metonym for their inner thoughts and desires. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “their desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 7 6 xtab figs-idiom ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 but their heart is far from me This is a way of saying the people are not truly devoted to God. Alternate translation: “but they do not really love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MRK 7 7 f8q5 μάτην δὲ σέβονταί με 1 But they worship me in vain “But they offer me useless worship” -MRK 7 8 yqj3 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to rebuke the scribes and Pharisees. -MRK 7 8 xz71 ἀφέντες 1 Having abandoned having refused to obey -MRK 7 8 hnw4 κρατεῖτε 1 you hold fast to “you hold strongly to” or “you only keep” -MRK 7 9 e3qv figs-irony καλῶς ἀθετεῖτε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν τηρήσητε 1 How well you reject the commandment of God so that you may keep your tradition! Jesus uses this ironic statement to rebuke his listeners for forsaking God’s **commandment**. Alternate translation: “You think you have done well in how you have rejected the commandment of God so you may keep your own traditions, but what you have done is not good at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) -MRK 7 9 r5li καλῶς ἀθετεῖτε 1 How well you reject “How skillfully you reject” -MRK 7 10 d4sd ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα 1 The one speaking evil of his father “The one who curses his father” -MRK 7 10 ayl3 θανάτῳ τελευτάτω 1 let him die the death “he must surely be put to death” -MRK 7 10 dv6e figs-activepassive ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα θανάτῳ τελευτάτω 1 The one speaking evil of his father or mother—let him die the death You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “The authorities must surely execute a person who speaks evil about his father or mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 7 11 q76i κορβᾶν…ὃ ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς 1 Whatever you would have profited from me is Corban The tradition of the scribes said that once money or other things were promised to the temple, they could not be used for any other purpose. -MRK 7 11 cd57 translate-transliterate κορβᾶν 1 is Corban **Corban** is a Hebrew word that refers to things that people promise to give to God. Translators normally transliterate it using the target language alphabet. Some translators translate its meaning, and then leave out Mark’s explanation of the meaning that follows. Alternate translation: “is a gift to God” or “belongs to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) -MRK 7 11 ev2r figs-activepassive ὅ ἐστιν δῶρον 1 that is, a gift This phrase explains the meaning of the Hebrew word “Corban.” You can state this in active form. Mark explained the meaning so that his non-Jewish readers could understand what Jesus said. Alternate translation: “I have given it to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 7 12 g18b translate-versebridge 0 General Information: In verses 11 and 12, Jesus shows how the Pharisees teach people that they do not have to obey God’s commandment to honor their parents. In verse 11 Jesus tells what the Pharisees allow people to say about their possessions, and in verse 12 he tells how that shows the Pharisees’ attitude toward people helping their parents. This information can be reordered to first tell about the Pharisees’ attitude toward people helping their parents and then tell how that attitude is shown in what the Pharisees allow people to say about their possessions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]]) -MRK 7 12 cb8c figs-explicit οὐκέτι ἀφίετε αὐτὸν οὐδὲν ποιῆσαι τῷ πατρὶ ἢ τῇ μητρί 1 you no longer permit him to do anything for his father or his mother By doing this, the Pharisees are allowing people not to provide for their parents, if they promise to give to God what they would have given to them. You can order these words before the words that begin with “Whatever help” in verse 11: “You no longer permit a person to do anything for his father or his mother after he says, ‘Whatever help you would have received from me is Corban.’ (Corban means ‘Given to God.’)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 7 13 df13 ἀκυροῦντες 1 nullifying cancelling or doing away with -MRK 7 13 ena5 παρόμοια τοιαῦτα πολλὰ ποιεῖτε 1 you do many such similar things “you are doing may other things similar to this” -MRK 7 14 wp7p figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus tells a parable to the crowd to help them understand what he has been saying to the scribes and Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) -MRK 7 14 ts15 προσκαλεσάμενος 1 having called “after Jesus had called” +MRK 7 6 xtab figs-idiom ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 but their heart is far from me This is a way of saying the people are not truly devoted to God. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “but they do not really love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MRK 7 8 hnw4 figs-metaphor κρατεῖτε 1 you hold fast to To **hold fast** is a metaphor which means to obey something without ceasing. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “You obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n +MRK 7 9 e3qv figs-irony καλῶς ἀθετεῖτε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν τηρήσητε 1 How well you reject the commandment of God so that you may keep your tradition! Jesus uses this ironic statement to rebuke his listeners for forsaking God’s **commandment**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You think you have done well in how you have rejected the commandment of God so you may keep your own traditions, but what you have done is not good at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) +MRK 7 10 d4sd figs-quotesinquotes Μωϋσῆς γὰρ εἶπεν, τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα σου; καί, ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα θανάτῳ τελευτάτω 1 The one speaking evil of his father If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: ““For Moses said to honor your father and mother, and that the one who speaks evil against his father or mother deserves to die.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +MRK 7 11 cd57 translate-transliterate κορβᾶν 1 is Corban **Corban** is a Hebrew word that refers to things that people promise to give to God. Translators normally transliterate it using the target language alphabet. Some translators translate its meaning, and then leave out Mark’s explanation of the meaning that follows. In your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. Alternate translation: “is a gift to God” or “belongs to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) +MRK 7 11 ev2r \n ὅ ἐστιν δῶρον 1 that is, a gift The author says **that is a gift** to provide background information to his audience who may not have understood this word. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “this word means a gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])\n MRK 7 14 u3nk figs-doublet ἀκούσατέ μου πάντες καὶ σύνετε 1 Listen to me, all of you, and understand The words **Listen** and **understand** are related. Jesus uses them together to emphasize that his hearers should pay close attention to what he is saying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) MRK 7 14 yni7 figs-ellipsis σύνετε 1 understand It may be helpful to state what Jesus is telling them to **understand**. Alternate translation: “try to understand what I am about to tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 7 15 gk5i figs-explicit οὐδέν…ἔξωθεν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 nothing from outside the man Jesus is speaking about what a person eats. This is in contrast to “what come out of the person.” Alternate translation: “nothing from outside a person that he can eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 7 15 ms5c figs-explicit τὰ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκπορευόμενά 1 the things that come out from the man This refers to the things a person does or says. This is in contrast to “what is outside a person that enters into him.” Alternate translation: “It is what comes out of a person that he says or does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 7 17 m42w 0 Connecting Statement: The disciples still do not understand what Jesus has just said to the scribes, Pharisees, and crowds. Jesus explains his meaning more thoroughly to them. -MRK 7 17 l7d7 καὶ 1 And The word **And** marks a break in the main story line. Jesus is now away from the crowd, in a house with his disciples. -MRK 7 18 f5sf 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach his disciples by asking a question. +MRK 7 15 gk5i figs-metonymy οὐδέν…ἔξωθεν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 nothing from outside the man Jesus is speaking about what a person eats. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “nothing which a person could eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n +MRK 7 15 ms5c figs-metonymy τὰ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκπορευόμενά 1 the things that come out from the man Jesus is speaking about the thoughts and desires of a person. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the things which a person thinks and does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 7 17 l7d7 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ ὅτε 1 And **and when** tells the reader that a new part of the story is starting, after the previous part. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After this, when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) MRK 7 18 z8w1 figs-rquestion οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε? 1 Are you also thus without understanding? Jesus uses this question to express his disappointment that they do not understand. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “After all I have said and done, I would expect you to understand.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MRK 7 19 wyw4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes asking the question he is using to teach his disciples. -MRK 7 19 wi6y figs-rquestion ὅτι οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἀλλ’ εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν, καὶ εἰς τὸν ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκπορεύεται? 1 because it does not go into his heart, but into his stomach, and then passes out into the latrine? This is the end of the question that begins with the words “Do you not see” in verse 18. Jesus uses this question to teach his disciples something they should already know. It can be expressed as a statement. “You should already understand that whatever enters into a person from outside cannot defile him, because it cannot go into his heart, but it goes into his stomach and then passes out into the latrine.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MRK 7 18 yqve figs-metonymy πᾶν τὸ ἔξωθεν εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸν ἄνθρωπον, οὐ δύναται αὐτὸν κοινῶσαι 1 See the note in verse 15. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 7 19 y2cr figs-metonymy οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν καρδίαν 1 it does not go into his heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. Here Jesus means that food does not affect a person’s character. Alternate translation: “it cannot go into his inner being” or “it cannot go into his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 7 19 he68 οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται 1 it does not go Here, **it** refers to what goes into a person; that is, what a person eats. MRK 7 19 hm98 figs-explicit καθαρίζων πάντα τὰ βρώματα 1 making all foods clean It may be helpful to explain clearly what this phrase means. Alternate translation: “all foods clean, meaning that people can eat any food without God considering the eater defiled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From a450ab744e9f790085a25dced1d7698614a9986c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Mon, 16 May 2022 15:41:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 04/27] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index b1dd8d7101..9800b674fb 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -414,8 +414,8 @@ MRK 7 15 ms5c figs-metonymy τὰ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκπορε MRK 7 17 l7d7 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ ὅτε 1 And **and when** tells the reader that a new part of the story is starting, after the previous part. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After this, when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) MRK 7 18 z8w1 figs-rquestion οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε? 1 Are you also thus without understanding? Jesus uses this question to express his disappointment that they do not understand. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “After all I have said and done, I would expect you to understand.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 7 18 yqve figs-metonymy πᾶν τὸ ἔξωθεν εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸν ἄνθρωπον, οὐ δύναται αὐτὸν κοινῶσαι 1 See the note in verse 15. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 7 19 y2cr figs-metonymy οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν καρδίαν 1 it does not go into his heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. Here Jesus means that food does not affect a person’s character. Alternate translation: “it cannot go into his inner being” or “it cannot go into his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 7 19 he68 οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται 1 it does not go Here, **it** refers to what goes into a person; that is, what a person eats. +MRK 7 19 y2cr figs-metonymy οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν καρδίαν 1 it does not go into his heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. Here Jesus means that food does not affect a person’s character. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “it cannot go into his inner being” or “it cannot go into his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 7 19 he68 οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται 1 it does not go Here, **it** refers to what what a person eats. MRK 7 19 hm98 figs-explicit καθαρίζων πάντα τὰ βρώματα 1 making all foods clean It may be helpful to explain clearly what this phrase means. Alternate translation: “all foods clean, meaning that people can eat any food without God considering the eater defiled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 7 20 r12p ἔλεγεν 1 he was saying “Jesus said” MRK 7 20 eq3a τὸ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκπορευόμενον, ἐκεῖνο κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 What is coming out from the man, that defiles the man “What defiles a person is what comes out of him” From 1f66c2c63097bffb06b7c962f855b007244a4f44 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Mon, 16 May 2022 19:45:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 05/27] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 34 ++++++++++------------------------ 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+), 24 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 9800b674fb..059d4c8141 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -417,34 +417,20 @@ MRK 7 18 yqve figs-metonymy πᾶν τὸ ἔξωθεν εἰσπορευόμε MRK 7 19 y2cr figs-metonymy οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν καρδίαν 1 it does not go into his heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. Here Jesus means that food does not affect a person’s character. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “it cannot go into his inner being” or “it cannot go into his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 7 19 he68 οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται 1 it does not go Here, **it** refers to what what a person eats. MRK 7 19 hm98 figs-explicit καθαρίζων πάντα τὰ βρώματα 1 making all foods clean It may be helpful to explain clearly what this phrase means. Alternate translation: “all foods clean, meaning that people can eat any food without God considering the eater defiled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 7 20 r12p ἔλεγεν 1 he was saying “Jesus said” -MRK 7 20 eq3a τὸ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκπορευόμενον, ἐκεῖνο κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 What is coming out from the man, that defiles the man “What defiles a person is what comes out of him” -MRK 7 21 lm51 figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς καρδίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων οἱ διαλογισμοὶ οἱ κακοὶ ἐκπορεύονται 1 out of the heart of men, proceed evil thoughts Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. Alternate translation: “out of the inner being of a person, come evil thoughts” or “out of the mind of a person, come evil thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 7 22 y3md ἀσέλγεια 1 sensuality not controlling one’s lustful desires -MRK 7 23 h9ta figs-ellipsis ἔσωθεν ἐκπορεύεται 1 come out from within Here the word **within** describes a person’s heart. Alternate translation: “come from within a person’s heart” or “come from within a person’s thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 7 24 k9bl 0 Connecting Statement: When Jesus goes away to Tyre, he heals the daughter of a Gentile woman who has extraordinary faith. -MRK 7 25 j2k9 figs-idiom εἶχεν…πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον 1 having an unclean spirit This is an idiom meaning that she was possessed by the unclean spirit. Alternate translation: “being possessed by an unclean spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MRK 7 25 q47q προσέπεσεν 1 fell down “knelt.” This is an act of honor and submission. -MRK 7 26 aik7 writing-background ἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἦν Ἑλληνίς, Συροφοινίκισσα τῷ γένει 1 But the woman was a Greek, a Syrophoenician by descent The word **But** marks a break in the main story line, as this sentence gives us background information about the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +MRK 7 20 r12p τὸ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκπορευόμενον 1 he was saying **What is coming out from the man** means the thoughts and intentions of a person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “It is the thoughts and desires of a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 7 21 chkk figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς καρδίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων οἱ διαλογισμοὶ οἱ κακοὶ ἐκπορεύονται 1 Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. Alternate translation: “out of the inner being of a person, come evil thoughts” or “out of the mind of a person, come evil thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 7 21 eey1 figs-litany πορνεῖαι, κλοπαί, φόνοι 1 Mark lists out a number of sins here and in the next verse. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that someone has done wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) +MRK 7 24 k9bl καὶ εἰσελθὼν εἰς οἰκίαν, οὐδένα ἤθελεν γνῶναι, καὶ οὐκ ἠδυνάσθη λαθεῖν 1 Connecting Statement: **and having entered into a house, he was wanting no one to know it, but he was not able to hide** provides background information to what Jesus was thinking as he travelled to this area. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Having entered someones house, he was hoping to not be found, but he was unable to hid from the people of that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n +MRK 7 26 aik7 writing-background ἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἦν Ἑλληνίς, Συροφοινίκισσα τῷ γένει 1 But the woman was a Greek, a Syrophoenician by descent This sentence gives us background information about the woman. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 7 26 e39y translate-names Συροφοινίκισσα 1 a Syrophoenician This is the name of the woman’s nationality. She was born in the Phoenician region in Syria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 7 27 gsj7 figs-metaphor ἄφες πρῶτον χορτασθῆναι τὰ τέκνα; οὐ γάρ ἐστιν καλόν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων, καὶ τοῖς κυναρίοις βαλεῖν 1 Permit the children first be fed, for it is not good to take the bread of the children and to throw it to the dogs Here Jesus speaks about the Jews as if they are **children** and the Gentiles as if they are **dogs**. Alternate translation: “Let the children of Israel first be fed. For it is not right to take the children’s bread and throw it to the Gentiles, who are like dogs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 7 27 r898 figs-activepassive ἄφες πρῶτον χορτασθῆναι τὰ τέκνα 1 Permit the children first to be fed You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “We must first feed the children of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 7 27 gsj7 figs-metaphor ἄφες πρῶτον χορτασθῆναι τὰ τέκνα; οὐ γάρ ἐστιν καλόν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων, καὶ τοῖς κυναρίοις βαλεῖν 1 Permit the children first be fed, for it is not good to take the bread of the children and to throw it to the dogs Here Jesus speaks about the Jews as if they are **children** and the Gentiles as if they are **dogs**. This is not in a derogatory remark, but he is talking in terms of whether they are Israelites or not. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Let the children of Israel first be fed. For it is not right to take the children’s bread and throw it to the Gentiles, who are like household pets compared to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 7 27 r898 figs-activepassive ἄφες πρῶτον χορτασθῆναι τὰ τέκνα 1 Permit the children first to be fed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We must first feed the children of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 7 27 k2wb figs-synecdoche ἄρτον 1 bread This refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -MRK 7 27 yn61 τοῖς κυναρίοις 1 to the dogs This refers to small dogs kept as pets. MRK 7 29 sa9t figs-explicit ὕπαγε 1 go Jesus was implying that she no longer needed to stay to ask him to help her daughter. He would do it. Alternate translation: “you may go now” or “you may go home in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 7 29 pa3u figs-explicit ἐξελήλυθεν τὸ δαιμόνιον, ἐκ τῆς θυγατρός σου 1 The demon has gone out from your daughter Jesus has caused the unclean spirit to leave the woman’s **daughter**. This can be expressed clearly. Alternate translation: “I have caused the evil spirit to leave your daughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 7 31 g44h 0 Connecting Statement: After healing people in Tyre, Jesus goes to the Sea of Galilee. There he heals a deaf man, which amazes the people. -MRK 7 31 k9gy ἐξελθὼν ἐκ τῶν ὁρίων Τύρου 1 having gone out from the region of Tyre “having left the region of Tyre” -MRK 7 31 paz4 ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν ὁρίων 1 up to a part of the region This could mean: (1) “up to a place in the region” as Jesus is at the sea in the region of the Decapolis. (2) “through part of the region” as Jesus went through the region of the Decapolis to get to the sea. MRK 7 31 cxa8 translate-names Δεκαπόλεως 1 of the Decapolis This is the name of a region that means Ten Cities. It is located to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. See how you translated this in [Mark 5:20](../05/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 7 32 bnq6 φέρουσιν 1 they bring “the people brought” -MRK 7 32 i5gy κωφὸν 1 someone who was deaf “a person who was not able to hear” -MRK 7 32 jlj4 figs-explicit παρακαλοῦσιν αὐτὸν ἵνα ἐπιθῇ αὐτῷ τὴν χεῖρα 1 they beg him that he would lay his hand on him Prophets and teachers would put their **hands on** people in order to heal them or bless them. In this case, people are begging Jesus to heal a man. Alternate translation: “they begged Jesus to put his hand on the man to heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 7 33 p3aa ἀπολαβόμενος αὐτὸν 1 having taking him aside “after Jesus took the man aside” -MRK 7 33 zb1w ἔβαλεν τοὺς δακτύλους αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰ ὦτα αὐτοῦ 1 he put his fingers into his ears Jesus is putting his own fingers in the man’s ears. -MRK 7 33 jwi8 πτύσας, ἥψατο τῆς γλώσσης αὐτοῦ 1 having spit, he touched his tongue Jesus spits and then touches the man’s tongue. -MRK 7 33 ld3f figs-explicit πτύσας 1 having spit It may be helpful to state that Jesus **spit** on his fingers. Alternate translation: “after spitting on his fingers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 7 34 vfn4 ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 having looked up to heaven This means that he **looked up** toward the sky, which is associated with the place where God lives. +MRK 7 32 jlj4 figs-explicit παρακαλοῦσιν αὐτὸν ἵνα ἐπιθῇ αὐτῷ τὴν χεῖρα 1 they beg him that he would lay his hand on him Prophets and teachers would put their **hands on** people in order to heal them or bless them. In this case, people are begging Jesus to heal a man. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they begged Jesus to put his hand on the man to heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 7 33 ld3f figs-explicit πτύσας 1 having spit It may be helpful to state that Jesus **spit** on his fingers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “after spitting on his fingers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 7 34 vfn4 ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐστέναξεν 1 having looked up to heaven He **looked up to heaven, he sighed**, meaning that he prayed to God. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Jesus looked up to heaven to pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n MRK 7 34 lbw4 translate-transliterate ἐφφαθά 1 Ephphatha Here the author refers to something by an Aramaic word. This word should be copied as is into your language using your alphabet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) MRK 7 34 qiy7 ἐστέναξεν 1 he sighed This means that he groaned or that he let out a long deep breath that could be heard. It probably shows Jesus’ sympathy for the man. MRK 7 34 m4a8 λέγει αὐτῷ 1 says to him “said to the man” From d2f6a863079f84053d8bea0e5704f6579daeb9e8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Mon, 16 May 2022 19:57:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 06/27] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 6 ++---- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 059d4c8141..d2a83697cb 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -431,10 +431,8 @@ MRK 7 31 cxa8 translate-names Δεκαπόλεως 1 of the Decapolis This is th MRK 7 32 jlj4 figs-explicit παρακαλοῦσιν αὐτὸν ἵνα ἐπιθῇ αὐτῷ τὴν χεῖρα 1 they beg him that he would lay his hand on him Prophets and teachers would put their **hands on** people in order to heal them or bless them. In this case, people are begging Jesus to heal a man. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they begged Jesus to put his hand on the man to heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 7 33 ld3f figs-explicit πτύσας 1 having spit It may be helpful to state that Jesus **spit** on his fingers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “after spitting on his fingers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 7 34 vfn4 ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐστέναξεν 1 having looked up to heaven He **looked up to heaven, he sighed**, meaning that he prayed to God. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Jesus looked up to heaven to pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n -MRK 7 34 lbw4 translate-transliterate ἐφφαθά 1 Ephphatha Here the author refers to something by an Aramaic word. This word should be copied as is into your language using your alphabet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) -MRK 7 34 qiy7 ἐστέναξεν 1 he sighed This means that he groaned or that he let out a long deep breath that could be heard. It probably shows Jesus’ sympathy for the man. -MRK 7 34 m4a8 λέγει αὐτῷ 1 says to him “said to the man” -MRK 7 35 yg15 figs-idiom ἠνοίγησαν αὐτοῦ αἱ ἀκοαί 1 his ears were opened This means he was able to hear. Alternate translation: “his ears were opened and he was able to hear” or “he was able to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MRK 7 34 lbw4 translate-transliterate ἐφφαθά 1 Ephphatha Here the author speaks to the mans ears with an Aramaic word. This word should be copied as is into your language using your alphabet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) +MRK 7 35 yg15 figs-idiom ἠνοίγησαν αὐτοῦ αἱ ἀκοαί 1 his ears were opened **his ears were opened** means he was able to hear. Alternate translation: “his ears were opened and he was able to hear” or “he was able to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 7 35 yj4j figs-activepassive ἐλύθη ὁ δεσμὸς τῆς γλώσσης αὐτοῦ 1 the band of his tongue was released You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus took away what prevented his tongue from speaking” or “Jesus loosened his tongue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 7 36 eb2y figs-ellipsis ὅσον…αὐτοῖς διεστέλλετο, αὐτοὶ 1 as much as he ordered them The refers to him ordering them not to tell anyone about what he had done. Alternate translation: “the more he ordered them not to tell anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 7 36 zce7 μᾶλλον περισσότερον 1 the more abundantly “the more widely” or “the more” From 1869b6b706e32c1cf90da42323ae610e8f4b1f62 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 12:08:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 07/27] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index d2a83697cb..0248aba7f2 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -392,10 +392,12 @@ MRK 6 56 y6hs figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας 1 the sick This MRK 6 56 bqzf figs-litany εἰς κώμας, ἢ εἰς πόλεις, ἢ εἰς ἀγροὺς 1 Mark lists **villages**, **cities**, and **countryside** to emphasize that everywhere Jesus went, they were bringing sick people to him. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list different places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) MRK 7 intro vq1j 0 # Mark 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:6-7, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Hand washing

The Pharisees washed many things that were not dirty because they were trying to make God think that they were good. They washed their hands before they ate, even when their hands were not dirty. and even though the law of Moses did not say that they had to do it. Jesus told them that they were wrong and that people make God happy by thinking and doing the right things. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Ephphatha”

This is an Aramaic word. Mark wrote it the way it sounds using Greek letters and then explained what it means. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) MRK 7 1 b9ul writing-newevent καὶ συνάγονται πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι καί τινες τῶν γραμματέων, ἐλθόντες ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων\n 1d are gathering around him This verse introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, some Pharisees and some men who teach the Jewish laws who had come from Jerusalem gathered around Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -MRK 7 2 wd6i figs-extrainfo 0 General Information: The following verses explain the significance of this verse. Since it is explained in the following verses, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) +MRK 7 2 wd6i figs-extrainfo 0 General Information: The following verses explain the significance of this verse. Since it is explained in the following verses, you do not need to explain its meaning here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) MRK 7 3 mj6u writing-background γὰρ 1 of the elders This verse, as well as the next verse, are added to explain to the reader why the Jewish leaders did not approve of what Jesus' disciples were doing. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “They were appalled because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n +MRK 7 3 x0b6 figs-explicit κρατοῦντες τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 **The traditions of the elders** were teachings that were handed down from generation to generation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “observing strictly the teachings which past generations had taught them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 7 4 wsb8 writing-background χαλκίων 1 copper vessels See the note in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -MRK 7 5 hts4 figs-metaphor διὰ τί οὐ περιπατοῦσιν οἱ μαθηταί σου κατὰ τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, ἀλλὰ κοιναῖς χερσὶν ἐσθίουσιν τὸν ἄρτον? 1 Why do your disciples not walk according to the tradition of the elders, but they eat their bread with unwashed hands? **walk** is a common metaphor which means to “obey.” If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 7 4 d3qc figs-explicit ποτηρίων καὶ ξεστῶν καὶ χαλκίων 1 **cups…pots…copper vessels** would have been used for consuming food and drinks. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Cups, pots, and copper vessels for eating and drinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 7 5 hts4 figs-metaphor διὰ τί οὐ περιπατοῦσιν οἱ μαθηταί σου κατὰ τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 Why do your disciples not walk according to the tradition of the elders, but they eat their bread with unwashed hands? **walk** is a common way of speaking which means “obey.” If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent way of speaking from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Why do your disciples not obey what the elders have taught us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 7 5 ugom grammar-connect-logic-contrast\n ἀλλὰ 1 Why do your disciples not walk according to the tradition of the elders, but they eat their bread with unwashed hands? **but** is used to contrast what the Pharisees thought Jesus' disciples should be doing, with what they were actually doing. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) MRK 7 5 j7ht figs-synecdoche ἄρτον 1 bread **bread** is a synecdoche, representing food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MRK 7 6 oavh figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ὅτι καλῶς ἐπροφήτευσεν Ἠσαΐας περὶ ὑμῶν τῶν ὑποκριτῶν, ὡς γέγραπται, ὅτι οὗτος ὁ λαὸς τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ, ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ\n 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to them, ‘Isaiah prophesied well about you hypocrites when God wrote through him that people honor me with their lips, but their desires are for other things’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) From 9a155801309204c281dede8c1a5015ec2da24212 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 14:53:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 08/27] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 30 ++++++++++++++---------------- 1 file changed, 14 insertions(+), 16 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 0248aba7f2..a0f9254339 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -400,32 +400,30 @@ MRK 7 4 d3qc figs-explicit ποτηρίων καὶ ξεστῶν καὶ χαλ MRK 7 5 hts4 figs-metaphor διὰ τί οὐ περιπατοῦσιν οἱ μαθηταί σου κατὰ τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 Why do your disciples not walk according to the tradition of the elders, but they eat their bread with unwashed hands? **walk** is a common way of speaking which means “obey.” If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent way of speaking from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Why do your disciples not obey what the elders have taught us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 7 5 ugom grammar-connect-logic-contrast\n ἀλλὰ 1 Why do your disciples not walk according to the tradition of the elders, but they eat their bread with unwashed hands? **but** is used to contrast what the Pharisees thought Jesus' disciples should be doing, with what they were actually doing. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) MRK 7 5 j7ht figs-synecdoche ἄρτον 1 bread **bread** is a synecdoche, representing food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -MRK 7 6 oavh figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ὅτι καλῶς ἐπροφήτευσεν Ἠσαΐας περὶ ὑμῶν τῶν ὑποκριτῶν, ὡς γέγραπται, ὅτι οὗτος ὁ λαὸς τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ, ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ\n 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to them, ‘Isaiah prophesied well about you hypocrites when God wrote through him that people honor me with their lips, but their desires are for other things’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -MRK 7 6 ep7u figs-metonymy τοῖς χείλεσίν 1 with their lips Here, **lips** is a metonym for speaking. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 7 6 oavh figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ὅτι καλῶς ἐπροφήτευσεν Ἠσαΐας περὶ ὑμῶν τῶν ὑποκριτῶν, ὡς γέγραπται, ὅτι οὗτος ὁ λαὸς τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ, ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ\n 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to them, ‘Isaiah prophesied well about you hypocrites when God wrote through him that people honor him with their lips, but their desires are for other things’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +MRK 7 6 ep7u figs-metonymy τοῖς χείλεσίν 1 with their lips Here, **lips** is used to signify speaking. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 7 6 zgt9 figs-metonymy ἡ…καρδία αὐτῶν 1 but their heart is far from me The word **heart** is a metonym for their inner thoughts and desires. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “their desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 7 6 xtab figs-idiom ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 but their heart is far from me This is a way of saying the people are not truly devoted to God. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “but they do not really love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MRK 7 8 hnw4 figs-metaphor κρατεῖτε 1 you hold fast to To **hold fast** is a metaphor which means to obey something without ceasing. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “You obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n -MRK 7 9 e3qv figs-irony καλῶς ἀθετεῖτε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν τηρήσητε 1 How well you reject the commandment of God so that you may keep your tradition! Jesus uses this ironic statement to rebuke his listeners for forsaking God’s **commandment**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You think you have done well in how you have rejected the commandment of God so you may keep your own traditions, but what you have done is not good at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) -MRK 7 10 d4sd figs-quotesinquotes Μωϋσῆς γὰρ εἶπεν, τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα σου; καί, ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα θανάτῳ τελευτάτω 1 The one speaking evil of his father If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: ““For Moses said to honor your father and mother, and that the one who speaks evil against his father or mother deserves to die.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -MRK 7 11 cd57 translate-transliterate κορβᾶν 1 is Corban **Corban** is a Hebrew word that refers to things that people promise to give to God. Translators normally transliterate it using the target language alphabet. Some translators translate its meaning, and then leave out Mark’s explanation of the meaning that follows. In your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. Alternate translation: “is a gift to God” or “belongs to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) +MRK 7 8 hnw4 figs-metaphor κρατεῖτε 1 you hold fast to To **hold fast** means to obey something without ceasing. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent way of speaking from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “You obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n +MRK 7 9 e3qv figs-irony καλῶς ἀθετεῖτε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν τηρήσητε 1 How well you reject the commandment of God so that you may keep your tradition! Jesus says **You do well at rejecting the commandment of God so that you may keep your tradition** to rebuke his listeners for forsaking God’s **commandment**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You think you have done well in how you have rejected the commandment of God so you may keep your own traditions, but what you have done is not good at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) +MRK 7 10 d4sd figs-quotesinquotes Μωϋσῆς γὰρ εἶπεν, τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα σου; καί, ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα θανάτῳ τελευτάτω 1 The one speaking evil of his father If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For Moses said to honor your father and mother. He also said that the one who speaks evil against his father or mother deserves to die.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +MRK 7 11 cd57 translate-transliterate κορβᾶν 1 is Corban **Corban** is a Hebrew word that refers to things that people promise to give to God. Translators normally transliterate it using the target language alphabet. Some translators translate its meaning, and then leave out Mark’s explanation of the meaning that follows. In your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) MRK 7 11 ev2r \n ὅ ἐστιν δῶρον 1 that is, a gift The author says **that is a gift** to provide background information to his audience who may not have understood this word. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “this word means a gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])\n -MRK 7 14 u3nk figs-doublet ἀκούσατέ μου πάντες καὶ σύνετε 1 Listen to me, all of you, and understand The words **Listen** and **understand** are related. Jesus uses them together to emphasize that his hearers should pay close attention to what he is saying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -MRK 7 14 yni7 figs-ellipsis σύνετε 1 understand It may be helpful to state what Jesus is telling them to **understand**. Alternate translation: “try to understand what I am about to tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 7 15 gk5i figs-metonymy οὐδέν…ἔξωθεν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 nothing from outside the man Jesus is speaking about what a person eats. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “nothing which a person could eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n +MRK 7 14 u3nk figs-doublet ἀκούσατέ μου πάντες καὶ σύνετε 1 Listen to me, all of you, and understand The words **Listen** and **understand** are related. Jesus uses them together to emphasize that his hearers should pay close attention to what he is saying. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “All of you, take head to what I am about to say to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +MRK 7 15 gk5i figs-idiom οὐδέν…ἔξωθεν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 nothing from outside the man Jesus is speaking about what a person eats. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “nothing which a person could eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n MRK 7 15 ms5c figs-metonymy τὰ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκπορευόμενά 1 the things that come out from the man Jesus is speaking about the thoughts and desires of a person. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the things which a person thinks and does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 7 17 l7d7 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ ὅτε 1 And **and when** tells the reader that a new part of the story is starting, after the previous part. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After this, when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) -MRK 7 18 z8w1 figs-rquestion οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε? 1 Are you also thus without understanding? Jesus uses this question to express his disappointment that they do not understand. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “After all I have said and done, I would expect you to understand.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MRK 7 17 l7d7 writing-endofstory καὶ ὅτε 1 And **and when** is a comment about what happened after the story as a result of the events within the story itself. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) +MRK 7 18 z8w1 figs-rquestion οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε? 1 Are you also thus without understanding? Jesus uses this question to express his disappointment that they do not understand. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “After all I have said and done, I am amazed that you still do not understand.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 7 18 yqve figs-metonymy πᾶν τὸ ἔξωθεν εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸν ἄνθρωπον, οὐ δύναται αὐτὸν κοινῶσαι 1 See the note in verse 15. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 7 19 y2cr figs-metonymy οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν καρδίαν 1 it does not go into his heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. Here Jesus means that food does not affect a person’s character. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “it cannot go into his inner being” or “it cannot go into his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 7 19 he68 οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται 1 it does not go Here, **it** refers to what what a person eats. -MRK 7 19 hm98 figs-explicit καθαρίζων πάντα τὰ βρώματα 1 making all foods clean It may be helpful to explain clearly what this phrase means. Alternate translation: “all foods clean, meaning that people can eat any food without God considering the eater defiled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 7 20 r12p τὸ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκπορευόμενον 1 he was saying **What is coming out from the man** means the thoughts and intentions of a person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “It is the thoughts and desires of a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 7 19 hm98 figs-explicit καθαρίζων πάντα τὰ βρώματα 1 making all foods clean **making all foods clean** explains to the reader what the significance of what Jesus' sayings was. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus was traveling along the border between Samaria and Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) (COME BACK TO THIS) +MRK 7 20 r12p figs-metonymy τὸ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκπορευόμενον 1 he was saying **What is coming out from the man** means the thoughts and intentions of a person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “It is the thoughts and desires of a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 7 21 chkk figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς καρδίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων οἱ διαλογισμοὶ οἱ κακοὶ ἐκπορεύονται 1 Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. Alternate translation: “out of the inner being of a person, come evil thoughts” or “out of the mind of a person, come evil thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 7 21 eey1 figs-litany πορνεῖαι, κλοπαί, φόνοι 1 Mark lists out a number of sins here and in the next verse. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that someone has done wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) -MRK 7 24 k9bl καὶ εἰσελθὼν εἰς οἰκίαν, οὐδένα ἤθελεν γνῶναι, καὶ οὐκ ἠδυνάσθη λαθεῖν 1 Connecting Statement: **and having entered into a house, he was wanting no one to know it, but he was not able to hide** provides background information to what Jesus was thinking as he travelled to this area. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Having entered someones house, he was hoping to not be found, but he was unable to hid from the people of that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n +MRK 7 24 k9bl writing-background καὶ εἰσελθὼν εἰς οἰκίαν, οὐδένα ἤθελεν γνῶναι, καὶ οὐκ ἠδυνάσθη λαθεῖν 1 Connecting Statement: **and having entered into a house, he was wanting no one to know it, but he was not able to hide** provides background information to what Jesus was thinking as he travelled to this area. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Having entered someones house, he was hoping to not be found, but he was unable to hide from the people of that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n MRK 7 26 aik7 writing-background ἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἦν Ἑλληνίς, Συροφοινίκισσα τῷ γένει 1 But the woman was a Greek, a Syrophoenician by descent This sentence gives us background information about the woman. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 7 26 e39y translate-names Συροφοινίκισσα 1 a Syrophoenician This is the name of the woman’s nationality. She was born in the Phoenician region in Syria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 7 27 gsj7 figs-metaphor ἄφες πρῶτον χορτασθῆναι τὰ τέκνα; οὐ γάρ ἐστιν καλόν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων, καὶ τοῖς κυναρίοις βαλεῖν 1 Permit the children first be fed, for it is not good to take the bread of the children and to throw it to the dogs Here Jesus speaks about the Jews as if they are **children** and the Gentiles as if they are **dogs**. This is not in a derogatory remark, but he is talking in terms of whether they are Israelites or not. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Let the children of Israel first be fed. For it is not right to take the children’s bread and throw it to the Gentiles, who are like household pets compared to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 7 27 gsj7 figs-metaphor ἄφες πρῶτον χορτασθῆναι τὰ τέκνα; οὐ γάρ ἐστιν καλόν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων, καὶ τοῖς κυναρίοις βαλεῖν 1 Permit the children first be fed, for it is not good to take the bread of the children and to throw it to the dogs Here Jesus speaks about the Jews as if they are **children** and the Gentiles as if they are **dogs**. This is not in a derogatory remark, but he is talking in terms of whether they are Israelites or not. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Let the children of Israel first eat. For it is not right to take the children’s bread and throw it to the Gentiles, who are like household pets compared to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 7 27 r898 figs-activepassive ἄφες πρῶτον χορτασθῆναι τὰ τέκνα 1 Permit the children first to be fed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We must first feed the children of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 7 27 k2wb figs-synecdoche ἄρτον 1 bread This refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MRK 7 29 sa9t figs-explicit ὕπαγε 1 go Jesus was implying that she no longer needed to stay to ask him to help her daughter. He would do it. Alternate translation: “you may go now” or “you may go home in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From d9377fc152fdf496e01c6cd133d454afe32ea3e6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 00:50:46 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 09/27] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 9 ++++----- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index a0f9254339..fdb04ffd70 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -427,16 +427,15 @@ MRK 7 27 gsj7 figs-metaphor ἄφες πρῶτον χορτασθῆναι τ MRK 7 27 r898 figs-activepassive ἄφες πρῶτον χορτασθῆναι τὰ τέκνα 1 Permit the children first to be fed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We must first feed the children of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 7 27 k2wb figs-synecdoche ἄρτον 1 bread This refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MRK 7 29 sa9t figs-explicit ὕπαγε 1 go Jesus was implying that she no longer needed to stay to ask him to help her daughter. He would do it. Alternate translation: “you may go now” or “you may go home in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 7 29 sbqp figs-explicit ἐξελήλυθεν τὸ δαιμόνιον, ἐκ τῆς θυγατρός σου 1 **The demon** left the **daughter** because Jesus commanded it too. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have commanded the demon to leave your daughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 7 31 cxa8 translate-names Δεκαπόλεως 1 of the Decapolis This is the name of a region that means Ten Cities. It is located to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. See how you translated this in [Mark 5:20](../05/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 7 32 jlj4 figs-explicit παρακαλοῦσιν αὐτὸν ἵνα ἐπιθῇ αὐτῷ τὴν χεῖρα 1 they beg him that he would lay his hand on him Prophets and teachers would put their **hands on** people in order to heal them or bless them. In this case, people are begging Jesus to heal a man. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they begged Jesus to put his hand on the man to heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 7 33 ld3f figs-explicit πτύσας 1 having spit It may be helpful to state that Jesus **spit** on his fingers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “after spitting on his fingers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 7 34 vfn4 ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐστέναξεν 1 having looked up to heaven He **looked up to heaven, he sighed**, meaning that he prayed to God. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Jesus looked up to heaven to pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n MRK 7 34 lbw4 translate-transliterate ἐφφαθά 1 Ephphatha Here the author speaks to the mans ears with an Aramaic word. This word should be copied as is into your language using your alphabet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) MRK 7 35 yg15 figs-idiom ἠνοίγησαν αὐτοῦ αἱ ἀκοαί 1 his ears were opened **his ears were opened** means he was able to hear. Alternate translation: “his ears were opened and he was able to hear” or “he was able to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MRK 7 35 yj4j figs-activepassive ἐλύθη ὁ δεσμὸς τῆς γλώσσης αὐτοῦ 1 the band of his tongue was released You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus took away what prevented his tongue from speaking” or “Jesus loosened his tongue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 7 36 eb2y figs-ellipsis ὅσον…αὐτοῖς διεστέλλετο, αὐτοὶ 1 as much as he ordered them The refers to him ordering them not to tell anyone about what he had done. Alternate translation: “the more he ordered them not to tell anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 7 36 zce7 μᾶλλον περισσότερον 1 the more abundantly “the more widely” or “the more” -MRK 7 37 iy76 ὑπέρπερισσῶς ἐξεπλήσσοντο 1 they were extremely astonished “they were utterly amazed” or “they were exceedingly astonished” or “they were astonished beyond all measure” +MRK 7 35 yj4j figs-activepassive ἐλύθη ὁ δεσμὸς τῆς γλώσσης αὐτοῦ 1 the band of his tongue was released You can state **his tongue was released** in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus took away what prevented his tongue from speaking” or “Jesus loosened his tongue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 7 35 gssm figs-idiom ἐλύθη ὁ δεσμὸς τῆς γλώσσης αὐτοῦ 1 **the band of his tongue was released** means he was able to speak. Alternate translation: “his tongue was free and he was able to speak” or “he was able to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MRK 7 36 eb2y figs-ellipsis ὅσον…αὐτοῖς διεστέλλετο, αὐτοὶ 1 as much as he ordered them The refers to him ordering them not to tell anyone about what he had done. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the more he ordered them not to tell anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 7 37 dh17 figs-metonymy τοὺς κωφοὺς…ἀλάλους 1 the deaf … the mute These refer to people. Alternate translation: “deaf people … mute people” or “people who cannot hear … people who cannot speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 8 intro ry56 0 # Mark 8 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Bread

When Jesus worked a miracle and provided bread for a large crowd of people, they probably thought about when God miraculously provided food for the people of Israel when they were in the wilderness.

Yeast is the ingredient that causes bread to become larger before it is baked. In this chapter, Jesus uses yeast as a metaphor for things that change the way people think, speak, and act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### “Adulterous generation”

When Jesus called the people an “adulterous generation,” he was telling them that they were not faithful to God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Jesus used many rhetorical questions as a way of both teaching the disciples ([Mark 8:17-21](./17.md)) and scolding the people ([Mark 8:12](../mrk/08/12.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Paradox

A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” ([Mark 8:35-37](./35.md)). MRK 8 1 sgv6 0 Connecting Statement: A great, hungry crowd is with Jesus. He feeds them using only seven loaves and a few fish before Jesus and his disciples get in a boat to go to another place. From eab0faf27a34158ba74512771fc9e5b4e3ff22f1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Tue, 24 May 2022 12:53:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 10/27] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 23 ++++++++--------------- 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 15 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index fdb04ffd70..51d5cad945 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -438,25 +438,18 @@ MRK 7 35 gssm figs-idiom ἐλύθη ὁ δεσμὸς τῆς γλώσσης α MRK 7 36 eb2y figs-ellipsis ὅσον…αὐτοῖς διεστέλλετο, αὐτοὶ 1 as much as he ordered them The refers to him ordering them not to tell anyone about what he had done. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the more he ordered them not to tell anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 7 37 dh17 figs-metonymy τοὺς κωφοὺς…ἀλάλους 1 the deaf … the mute These refer to people. Alternate translation: “deaf people … mute people” or “people who cannot hear … people who cannot speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 8 intro ry56 0 # Mark 8 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Bread

When Jesus worked a miracle and provided bread for a large crowd of people, they probably thought about when God miraculously provided food for the people of Israel when they were in the wilderness.

Yeast is the ingredient that causes bread to become larger before it is baked. In this chapter, Jesus uses yeast as a metaphor for things that change the way people think, speak, and act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### “Adulterous generation”

When Jesus called the people an “adulterous generation,” he was telling them that they were not faithful to God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Jesus used many rhetorical questions as a way of both teaching the disciples ([Mark 8:17-21](./17.md)) and scolding the people ([Mark 8:12](../mrk/08/12.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Paradox

A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” ([Mark 8:35-37](./35.md)). -MRK 8 1 sgv6 0 Connecting Statement: A great, hungry crowd is with Jesus. He feeds them using only seven loaves and a few fish before Jesus and his disciples get in a boat to go to another place. -MRK 8 1 rmd8 writing-newevent ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 In those days This phrase is used to introduce a new event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -MRK 8 2 h8v8 ἤδη ἡμέραι τρεῖς προσμένουσίν μοι, καὶ οὐκ ἔχουσιν τι φάγωσιν 1 they are remaining with me already for three days and do not have anything to eat “this is this third day these people have been with me, and they have nothing to eat” -MRK 8 3 u3mu figs-hyperbole ἐκλυθήσονται 1 they will faint This could be: (1) a literal statement that they may lose consciousness temporarily. (2) a hyperbolic exaggeration that means “they may become weak.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -MRK 8 4 jdk2 figs-rquestion πόθεν τούτους δυνήσεταί τις ὧδε χορτάσαι ἄρτων ἐπ’ ἐρημίας? 1 From where will anyone be able to feed these people with bread here in this desolate place? The disciples are expressing surprise that Jesus would expect them to be able to find enough food. Alternate translation: “This place is so deserted that there is no place here for us to get enough loaves of bread to satisfy these people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MRK 8 4 b7tn ἄρτων 1 with bread Loaves of **bread** are lumps of dough that have been shaped and baked. -MRK 8 5 m56c ἠρώτα αὐτούς 1 he asked them “Jesus asked his disciples” +MRK 8 1 rmd8 writing-newevent ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 In those days This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +MRK 8 1 sgv6 μὴ ἐχόντων τι φάγωσιν 1 Connecting Statement: Jesus explains following this why the crowd did not have anything to eat. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) +MRK 8 3 u3mu grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical καὶ ἐὰν ἀπολύσω αὐτοὺς νήστεις εἰς οἶκον αὐτῶν, ἐκλυθήσονται ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ 1 they will faint Mark is using a hypothetical situation to bring to the disciples attention the dangers of making the people return home without eating. Alternate translation: “If I should send them to their houses hungry, some of them might collapse on the way home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) +MRK 8 4 jdk2 figs-rquestion πόθεν τούτους δυνήσεταί τις ὧδε χορτάσαι ἄρτων ἐπ’ ἐρημίας? 1 From where will anyone be able to feed these people with bread here in this desolate place? The disciples are expressing surprise that Jesus would expect them to be able to find enough food for the crowd. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This place is so deserted that there is no place here for us to get enough loaves of bread to satisfy these people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 8 6 x2jr figs-quotations παραγγέλλει τῷ ὄχλῳ ἀναπεσεῖν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 he commands the crowd to recline on the ground This can be written as a direct quote. “Jesus commanded the crowd, ‘Sit down on the ground’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -MRK 8 6 x144 ἀναπεσεῖν 1 to recline Use your language’s word for how people customarily eat when there is no table, whether sitting or lying down. -MRK 8 7 pzy6 καὶ εἶχαν 1 and they had Here the word **they** is used to refer to Jesus and his disciples. -MRK 8 7 mb6v εὐλογήσας αὐτὰ 1 having blessed them “after Jesus gave thanks for the fish” -MRK 8 8 m9k6 ἔφαγον 1 they ate “the people ate” +MRK 8 7 bio6 figs-quotations εἶπεν καὶ ταῦτα παρατιθέναι 1 This can be written as a direct quote. “Jesus said to the disciples, ‘Serve these fish also’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) MRK 8 8 mxn1 ἦραν 1 they picked up Here, **they** could refer to the disciples, or to the people in the crowd. -MRK 8 8 v5zi figs-explicit περισσεύματα κλασμάτων ἑπτὰ σπυρίδας 1 an abundance of broken pieces—seven baskets This refers to the **broken pieces** of fish and bread that were left over after the people ate. Alternate translation: “the remaining broken pieces of bread and fish, which filled seven large baskets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 8 9 m81z figs-explicit καὶ ἀπέλυσεν αὐτούς 1 and he sent them away It may be helpful to clarify when **he sent them away**. Alternate translation: “and after they ate, Jesus sent them away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 8 8 v5zi figs-explicit περισσεύματα κλασμάτων ἑπτὰ σπυρίδας 1 an abundance of broken pieces—seven baskets This refers to the **broken pieces** bread that were left over after the people ate. Alternate translation: “the remaining broken pieces of bread, which filled seven large baskets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 8 9 m81z writing-background ἦσαν δὲ ὡς τετρακισχίλιοι\n 1 and he sent them away Mark includes **Now there were about 4,000** to help his reader to know how many people are there. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “There were approximately 4000 people who Jesus fed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +MRK 8 10 qnt3 figs-explicit καὶ εὐθὺς ἐμβὰς εἰς τὸ πλοῖον μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ 1 **And immediately, having gotten into the boat with his disciples** is a comment concluding the story of Jesus feeding the 4000. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) MRK 8 10 y8u3 figs-explicit ἦλθεν εἰς τὰ μέρη Δαλμανουθά 1 he went into the region of Dalmanutha It may be helpful to clarify how they got to Dalmanutha. Alternate translation: “he sailed around the Sea of Galilee to the region of Dalmanutha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 8 10 x33a translate-names Δαλμανουθά 1 of Dalmanutha This is the name of a place on the northwestern shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 8 11 cqy5 0 Connecting Statement: In Dalmanutha, Jesus refuses to give the Pharisees a sign before he and his disciples get in a boat and leave. -MRK 8 11 f9y8 ζητοῦντες παρ’ αὐτοῦ 1 seeking from him “asking him for” MRK 8 11 zi91 figs-metonymy σημεῖον ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 a sign from heaven They wanted **a sign** that would prove that Jesus’ power and authority were from God. The word **heaven** could be: (1) a metonym for God. Alternate translation: “a sign from God” (2) the sky. Alternate translation: “a sign from the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 8 11 cl3q figs-explicit πειράζοντες αὐτόν 1 testing him The Pharisees tried to test Jesus to make him prove that he was from God. Some information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “to prove that God had sent him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 8 12 sn5a ἀναστενάξας τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 having sighed deeply in his spirit This means that he groaned or that he let out a long deep breath that could be heard. It probably shows Jesus’ deep sadness that the Pharisees refused to believe him. See how you translated this in [Mark 7:34](../07/34.md). From d1b6f9ae88c86d26a472c6a4b9678f8b9d568ca6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Tue, 24 May 2022 13:05:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 11/27] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 9 ++++----- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 51d5cad945..357d029c40 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -450,12 +450,11 @@ MRK 8 9 m81z writing-background ἦσαν δὲ ὡς τετρακισχίλιο MRK 8 10 qnt3 figs-explicit καὶ εὐθὺς ἐμβὰς εἰς τὸ πλοῖον μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ 1 **And immediately, having gotten into the boat with his disciples** is a comment concluding the story of Jesus feeding the 4000. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) MRK 8 10 y8u3 figs-explicit ἦλθεν εἰς τὰ μέρη Δαλμανουθά 1 he went into the region of Dalmanutha It may be helpful to clarify how they got to Dalmanutha. Alternate translation: “he sailed around the Sea of Galilee to the region of Dalmanutha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 8 10 x33a translate-names Δαλμανουθά 1 of Dalmanutha This is the name of a place on the northwestern shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 8 11 zi91 figs-metonymy σημεῖον ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 a sign from heaven They wanted **a sign** that would prove that Jesus’ power and authority were from God. The word **heaven** could be: (1) a metonym for God. Alternate translation: “a sign from God” (2) the sky. Alternate translation: “a sign from the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 8 11 cl3q figs-explicit πειράζοντες αὐτόν 1 testing him The Pharisees tried to test Jesus to make him prove that he was from God. Some information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “to prove that God had sent him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 8 11 zi91 figs-metonymy σημεῖον ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 a sign from heaven They wanted **a sign** that would prove that Jesus’ power and authority were from God. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “a sign from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 8 12 sn5a ἀναστενάξας τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 having sighed deeply in his spirit This means that he groaned or that he let out a long deep breath that could be heard. It probably shows Jesus’ deep sadness that the Pharisees refused to believe him. See how you translated this in [Mark 7:34](../07/34.md). -MRK 8 12 s8xl τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his spirit “in himself” -MRK 8 12 g4lz figs-rquestion τί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ σημεῖον? 1 Why does this generation seek for a sign? Jesus is scolding them. This question may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “This generation should not seek a sign.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MRK 8 12 l335 figs-explicit τί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ 1 Why does this generation seek for When Jesus speaks of **this generation**, he is referring to the people who lived at that time. The Pharisees are included in this group. Alternate translation: “Why do you and the people of this generation seek for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 8 12 s8xl figs-metonymy τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his spirit **in his spirit** means within himself or to himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 8 12 g4lz figs-rquestion τί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ σημεῖον? 1 Why does this generation seek for a sign? Jesus asks **Why does this generation seek for a sign** to show that they have not understood of the miracles that he has done up until this point. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This generation should not seek a sign.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MRK 8 12 l335 figs-explicit τί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ σημεῖον 1 Why does this generation seek for When Jesus speaks of **this generation**, he is referring to some of the people who lived at that time who were not following God. He was not speaking of every sing person alive. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “Why do you Pharisees ask for a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MRK 8 12 a2x2 figs-activepassive εἰ δοθήσεται…σημεῖον 1 if a sign will be given You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I will not give a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 8 13 i2se figs-explicit ἀφεὶς αὐτοὺς, πάλιν ἐμβὰς 1 having left them, having boarded a boat again Jesus’ disciples went with him. Some information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “after he left them and got into a boat again with his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 8 13 u1qk figs-explicit εἰς τὸ πέραν 1 to the other side You can state clearly that this describes the Sea of Galilee. Alternate translation: “to the other side of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 0338225e8a11b9c3b69bc49db6307711c86d9755 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Tue, 24 May 2022 13:19:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 12/27] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 7 ++++--- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 357d029c40..8a009b76dc 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -455,9 +455,10 @@ MRK 8 12 sn5a ἀναστενάξας τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 hav MRK 8 12 s8xl figs-metonymy τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his spirit **in his spirit** means within himself or to himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 8 12 g4lz figs-rquestion τί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ σημεῖον? 1 Why does this generation seek for a sign? Jesus asks **Why does this generation seek for a sign** to show that they have not understood of the miracles that he has done up until this point. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This generation should not seek a sign.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 8 12 l335 figs-explicit τί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ σημεῖον 1 Why does this generation seek for When Jesus speaks of **this generation**, he is referring to some of the people who lived at that time who were not following God. He was not speaking of every sing person alive. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “Why do you Pharisees ask for a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -MRK 8 12 a2x2 figs-activepassive εἰ δοθήσεται…σημεῖον 1 if a sign will be given You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I will not give a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 8 13 i2se figs-explicit ἀφεὶς αὐτοὺς, πάλιν ἐμβὰς 1 having left them, having boarded a boat again Jesus’ disciples went with him. Some information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “after he left them and got into a boat again with his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 8 13 u1qk figs-explicit εἰς τὸ πέραν 1 to the other side You can state clearly that this describes the Sea of Galilee. Alternate translation: “to the other side of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 8 12 a2x2 figs-activepassive εἰ δοθήσεται…σημεῖον 1 if a sign will be given If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will not give you a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 8 12 q4wh figs-activepassive εἰ δοθήσεται τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ σημεῖον 1 **if a sign will be given to this generation** is an idiom which means that a sign certainly will not be given. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not give you a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MRK 8 13 i2se writing-pronouns ἀφεὶς αὐτοὺς, πάλιν ἐμβὰς 1 having left them, having boarded a boat again Jesus’ was not the only one who left, but his disciples were with him also. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples left them and got into the boat again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +MRK 8 13 u1qk figs-explicit εἰς τὸ πέραν 1 to the other side **to the other side** describes the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 8 14 fl8d 0 Connecting Statement: While Jesus and his disciples are in a boat, they have a discussion about the lack of understanding among the Pharisees and Herod, though they had seen many signs. MRK 8 14 m74g writing-background καὶ 1 And Here, **And** marks a break in the main story line. Here the author tells background information about the disciples forgetting to bring bread. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 8 14 gtg6 figs-litotes εἰ μὴ ἕνα ἄρτον 1 except for one loaf The negative phrase **except for** is used to emphasize how small an amount of bread they had. Alternate translation: “only one loaf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) From 54261090a9e086a2fdf5c786da4b8196596e8801 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Tue, 24 May 2022 14:37:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 13/27] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 21 +++++++++------------ 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 8a009b76dc..57bfcf4f47 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -459,19 +459,16 @@ MRK 8 12 a2x2 figs-activepassive εἰ δοθήσεται…σημεῖον 1 if MRK 8 12 q4wh figs-activepassive εἰ δοθήσεται τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ σημεῖον 1 **if a sign will be given to this generation** is an idiom which means that a sign certainly will not be given. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not give you a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 8 13 i2se writing-pronouns ἀφεὶς αὐτοὺς, πάλιν ἐμβὰς 1 having left them, having boarded a boat again Jesus’ was not the only one who left, but his disciples were with him also. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples left them and got into the boat again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) MRK 8 13 u1qk figs-explicit εἰς τὸ πέραν 1 to the other side **to the other side** describes the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 8 14 fl8d 0 Connecting Statement: While Jesus and his disciples are in a boat, they have a discussion about the lack of understanding among the Pharisees and Herod, though they had seen many signs. -MRK 8 14 m74g writing-background καὶ 1 And Here, **And** marks a break in the main story line. Here the author tells background information about the disciples forgetting to bring bread. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -MRK 8 14 gtg6 figs-litotes εἰ μὴ ἕνα ἄρτον 1 except for one loaf The negative phrase **except for** is used to emphasize how small an amount of bread they had. Alternate translation: “only one loaf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -MRK 8 15 bd2x figs-doublet ὁρᾶτε, βλέπετε 1 Keep watch! Be on guard These two terms have a common meaning and are repeated here for emphasis. They can be combined. Alternate translation: “Keep watch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -MRK 8 15 ya88 figs-metaphor τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ τῆς ζύμης Ἡρῴδου 1 the yeast of the Pharisees and the yeast of Herod Here Jesus is speaking to his disciples in a metaphor they do not understand. Jesus is comparing the Pharisees’ and Herod’s teachings to **yeast**, but you should not explain this when you translate it because the disciples themselves did not understand it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 8 16 xs4p figs-explicit ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχουσιν 1 that they have no bread In this statement, it may be helpful to state what they thought Jesus had meant when he spoke to them about **bread**. Alternate translation: “that he must have said that because they had no bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 8 16 zfw3 figs-hyperbole ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχουσιν 1 they have no bread The word **no** is an exaggeration. The disciples did have one loaf of bread ([Mark 8:14](../08/14.md)), but that was not much different from having no bread at all. Alternate translation: “very little bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -MRK 8 17 hnh6 figs-rquestion τί διαλογίζεσθε ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε? 1 Why are you reasoning that you do not have bread? Here Jesus is mildly rebuking his disciples because they should have understood what he had been talking about. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not be thinking that I am talking about actual bread.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MRK 8 14 gtg6 grammar-connect-exceptions καὶ ἐπελάθοντο λαβεῖν ἄρτους, καὶ εἰ μὴ ἕνα ἄρτον οὐκ εἶχον μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ 1 except for one loaf If it would appear in your language that Mark was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Jesus' disciples only brought one loaf of bread onto the boat with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) +MRK 8 15 bd2x figs-doublet ὁρᾶτε, βλέπετε 1 Keep watch! Be on guard These two terms have a common meaning and are repeated here for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Keep watch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +MRK 8 15 nszl figs-extrainfo βλέπετε ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ τῆς ζύμης Ἡρῴδου 1 Here Jesus is speaking to his disciples in a metaphor they do not understand. Jesus is comparing the Pharisees’ and Herod’s teachings to **yeast**. You should not explain this when you translate it, for the disciples themselves did not understand it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) +MRK 8 16 zfw3 figs-hyperbole ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχουσιν 1 they have no bread The word **no** is an exaggeration. The disciples did have one loaf of bread ([Mark 8:14](../08/14.md)), but that was not for all of them on the boat. Alternate translation: “they have very little bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +MRK 8 17 hnh6 figs-rquestion τί διαλογίζεσθε ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε? 1 Why are you reasoning that you do not have bread? Here Jesus is rebuking his disciples because they should have understood what he had been talking about. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not be thinking that I am talking about actual bread.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 8 17 dmt2 figs-parallelism οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ συνίετε? 1 Do you not yet perceive, nor understand? These questions have the same meaning and are used together to emphasize that they do not understand. This can be written as one question. Alternate translation: “Do you not yet understand?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -MRK 8 17 wf6j figs-rquestion οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ συνίετε? 1 Do you not yet perceive, nor understand? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should perceive and understand by now the things I say and do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MRK 8 17 fn31 figs-metonymy πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν? 1 Have your hearts become hardened? Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 8 17 rq8c figs-metaphor πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν? 1 Have your hearts become hardened? The phrase **hearts become hardened** is a metaphor for not being able or willing to understand something. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 8 17 mihv figs-rquestion πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν? 1 Have your hearts become hardened? Jesus uses a question to scold the disciples. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Your thinking has become so dull!” or “You are so slow to understand what I mean!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MRK 8 17 wf6j figs-rquestion οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ συνίετε? 1 Do you not yet perceive, nor understand? If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should perceive and understand by now the things I say and do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MRK 8 17 fn31 figs-metonymy πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν? 1 Have your hearts become hardened? Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s mind. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Have you become stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 8 17 rq8c figs-metaphor πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν? 1 Have your hearts become hardened? The phrase **hearts become hardened** is a metaphor for not being able or willing to understand something. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 8 17 mihv figs-rquestion πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν? 1 Have your hearts become hardened? Jesus uses a question to scold the disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Your thinking has become so dull!” or “You are so slow to understand what I mean!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 8 18 u1gh figs-rquestion ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες, οὐ βλέπετε? καὶ ὦτα ἔχοντες, οὐκ ἀκούετε? καὶ οὐ μνημονεύετε? 1 Having eyes, do you not see? And having ears, do you not hear? And do you not remember? Jesus continues to mildly rebuke his disciples. These questions can be written as statements. Alternate translation: “You have eyes, but you do not understand what you see. You have ears, but you do not understand what you hear. You should remember.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 8 19 e37p figs-metonymy τοὺς πεντακισχιλίους 1 the 5,000 This refers to the 5,000 people Jesus fed. Alternate translation: “the 5,000 people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 8 19 t7ig translate-numbers τοὺς πεντακισχιλίους 1 the 5,000 “the five thousand people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) From cdb60442e98c683789eb509e55139f2643ed0e4b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 13:18:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 14/27] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 12 ++++++------ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 57bfcf4f47..106e3bcdf1 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -469,17 +469,17 @@ MRK 8 17 wf6j figs-rquestion οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ συνίετε? MRK 8 17 fn31 figs-metonymy πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν? 1 Have your hearts become hardened? Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s mind. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Have you become stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 8 17 rq8c figs-metaphor πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν? 1 Have your hearts become hardened? The phrase **hearts become hardened** is a metaphor for not being able or willing to understand something. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 8 17 mihv figs-rquestion πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν? 1 Have your hearts become hardened? Jesus uses a question to scold the disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Your thinking has become so dull!” or “You are so slow to understand what I mean!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MRK 8 18 u1gh figs-rquestion ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες, οὐ βλέπετε? καὶ ὦτα ἔχοντες, οὐκ ἀκούετε? καὶ οὐ μνημονεύετε? 1 Having eyes, do you not see? And having ears, do you not hear? And do you not remember? Jesus continues to mildly rebuke his disciples. These questions can be written as statements. Alternate translation: “You have eyes, but you do not understand what you see. You have ears, but you do not understand what you hear. You should remember.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MRK 8 19 e37p figs-metonymy τοὺς πεντακισχιλίους 1 the 5,000 This refers to the 5,000 people Jesus fed. Alternate translation: “the 5,000 people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 8 18 u1gh figs-rquestion ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες, οὐ βλέπετε? καὶ ὦτα ἔχοντες, οὐκ ἀκούετε? καὶ οὐ μνημονεύετε? 1 Having eyes, do you not see? And having ears, do you not hear? And do you not remember? Jesus continues to mildly rebuke his disciples by asking them questions. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You have eyes, but you do not understand what you see. You have ears, but you do not understand what you hear. You should remember the things that I have said and done.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MRK 8 18 qt58 figs-idiom οὐ βλέπετε…οὐκ ἀκούετε 1 **do you not see** and **do you not hear** are idioms meaning that the disciples did not understand. They heard and saw everything Jesus did, but they did not understand what it meant. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Do you not understand the things which I have said and done the whole time you have been with me?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 8 19 t7ig translate-numbers τοὺς πεντακισχιλίους 1 the 5,000 “the five thousand people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -MRK 8 19 e4zq figs-explicit πόσους κοφίνους κλασμάτων πλήρεις ἤρατε 1 how many baskets full of broken pieces did you take up It may be helpful to state when they collected the baskets of pieces. Alternate translation: “how many baskets full of broken pieces of bread did you collect after everyone finished eating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 8 20 b5bm figs-metonymy τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους 1 the 4,000 This refers to the 4,000 people Jesus fed. Alternate translation: “the 4,000 people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 8 20 lip5 translate-numbers τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους 1 the 4,000 “the four thousand people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) MRK 8 20 ggl1 figs-explicit πόσων σπυρίδων πληρώματα κλασμάτων ἤρατε 1 how many baskets full of broken pieces did you take up It may be helpful to state when they collected these. Alternate translation: “how many baskets full of broken pieces of bread did you collect after everyone finished eating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 8 21 kh42 figs-rquestion πῶς οὔπω συνίετε? 1 How do you not yet understand? Jesus is mildly rebuking his disciples for not understanding. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should understand by now the things I say and do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MRK 8 22 c92c 0 Connecting Statement: When Jesus and his disciples get out of their boat at Bethsaida, Jesus heals a blind man. +MRK 8 21 kh42 figs-rquestion πῶς οὔπω συνίετε? 1 How do you not yet understand? Jesus is mildly rebuking his disciples for not understanding what he has done in front of their eyes. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should understand by now the things I say and do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MRK 8 22 c92c figs-go ἔρχονται εἰς Βηθσαϊδάν 1 Connecting Statement: Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went to Bethsaida” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +MRK 8 22 mj78 figs-explicit ἔρχονται εἰς Βηθσαϊδάν 1 Jesus and his disciples traveled to Bethsaida in a boat. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They came to Bethsaida in a boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 8 22 mul4 translate-names Βηθσαϊδάν 1 Bethsaida This is a town on the northern shore of the Sea of Galilee. See how you translated the name of this town in [Mark 6:45](../06/45.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 8 22 mx9q figs-explicit ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψηται 1 that he would touch him It may be helpful to state why they wanted Jesus to touch the man. Alternate translation: “to touch him in order to heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 8 22 mx9q figs-explicit ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψηται 1 that he would touch him They wanted Jesus to touch the man in order to heal him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to touch him in order to heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 8 23 t5ud πτύσας εἰς τὰ ὄμματα αὐτοῦ, ἐπιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῷ, ἐπηρώτα αὐτόν 1 having spit into his eyes, having laid his hands on him, he was asking him “when Jesus had spit on the man’s eyes and laid his hands on him, Jesus asked the man” MRK 8 24 jcv8 ἀναβλέψας 1 having looked up “when the man looked up” MRK 8 24 r6tk figs-simile βλέπω τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ὅτι ὡς δένδρα ὁρῶ περιπατοῦντας 1 I see men who look like walking trees The man sees men **walking** around, yet they are not clear to him, so he compares them to **trees**. Alternate translation: “Yes, I see people! They are walking around, but I cannot see them clearly. They look like trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) From b0d04f60de875b6ceb1f159025c313f08e97bfe4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 14:37:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 15/27] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 21 ++++++++------------- 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 13 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 106e3bcdf1..4b79b9e457 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -480,20 +480,15 @@ MRK 8 22 c92c figs-go ἔρχονται εἰς Βηθσαϊδάν 1 Connecting MRK 8 22 mj78 figs-explicit ἔρχονται εἰς Βηθσαϊδάν 1 Jesus and his disciples traveled to Bethsaida in a boat. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They came to Bethsaida in a boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 8 22 mul4 translate-names Βηθσαϊδάν 1 Bethsaida This is a town on the northern shore of the Sea of Galilee. See how you translated the name of this town in [Mark 6:45](../06/45.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 8 22 mx9q figs-explicit ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψηται 1 that he would touch him They wanted Jesus to touch the man in order to heal him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to touch him in order to heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 8 23 t5ud πτύσας εἰς τὰ ὄμματα αὐτοῦ, ἐπιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῷ, ἐπηρώτα αὐτόν 1 having spit into his eyes, having laid his hands on him, he was asking him “when Jesus had spit on the man’s eyes and laid his hands on him, Jesus asked the man” -MRK 8 24 jcv8 ἀναβλέψας 1 having looked up “when the man looked up” -MRK 8 24 r6tk figs-simile βλέπω τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ὅτι ὡς δένδρα ὁρῶ περιπατοῦντας 1 I see men who look like walking trees The man sees men **walking** around, yet they are not clear to him, so he compares them to **trees**. Alternate translation: “Yes, I see people! They are walking around, but I cannot see them clearly. They look like trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -MRK 8 25 png5 εἶτα πάλιν ἐπέθηκεν 1 Then he again laid “Then Jesus again laid” -MRK 8 25 td9l figs-activepassive καὶ διέβλεψεν καὶ ἀπεκατέστη 1 and he looked intently and was restored The phrase **was restored** can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “restoring the man’s sight, and then the man opened his eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 8 27 e4l3 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus and his disciples talk on their way to the villages of Caesarea Philippi about who Jesus is and what will happen to him. -MRK 8 28 bh7h οἱ δὲ εἶπαν αὐτῷ λέγοντες 1 But they said to him, saying “But they answered him, saying,” -MRK 8 28 ac8h figs-explicit Ἰωάννην τὸν Βαπτιστήν 1 John the Baptist The disciples answer that this was who some people said Jesus was. This can be shown more clearly. Alternate translation: “Some people say that you are John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 8 28 nn1f figs-ellipsis ἄλλοι…ἄλλοι 1 other … others The tow occurrences of **others** refers to other people. This refers to their responses to Jesus’ question. Alternate translation: “other people say you are … other people say you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 8 29 v4h4 αὐτὸς ἐπηρώτα αὐτούς 1 He asked them “Jesus asked his disciples” -MRK 8 30 fk1z figs-explicit ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ λέγωσιν περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 he warned them that they might tell no one about him Jesus did not want them to tell anyone that he was the Christ. This can be made more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus warned them not to tell anyone that he is the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 8 30 rgy8 figs-quotations ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ λέγωσιν περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 he warned them that they might tell no one about him This can be written as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “Jesus warned them, ‘Do not tell anyone that I am the Christ’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +MRK 8 24 r6tk figs-simile βλέπω τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ὅτι ὡς δένδρα ὁρῶ περιπατοῦντας 1 I see men who look like walking trees The man sees men **walking** around, yet they are not clear to him. To the man, people just look like tall figures, so he compares them to **trees**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Yes, I see people! They are walking around, but I cannot see them clearly. They look like trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +MRK 8 25 td9l figs-activepassive καὶ διέβλεψεν καὶ ἀπεκατέστη 1 and he looked intently and was restored The phrase **was restored** can be written in active form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus restored the man’s sight, and then the man opened his eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 8 27 e4l3 figs-go ἐξῆλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰς κώμας 1 Connecting Statement: Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they came out into the villages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +MRK 8 28 nn1f figs-ellipsis ἄλλοι…ἄλλοι 1 other … others The two occurrences of **others** refers to other people. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “other people say you are … other people say you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MRK 8 30 rgy8 figs-quotations ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ λέγωσιν περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 he warned them that they might tell no one about him If it would be more natural in your language, you could express **they might tell no one about him** as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “Jesus warned them, ‘Do not tell anyone that I am the Christ’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) MRK 8 31 d4dc guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -MRK 8 31 m32p figs-activepassive ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι, καὶ μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστῆναι 1 to be rejected by the elders and the chief priests and the scribes, and to be killed, and to rise up after three days You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that the elders and the chief priests and the scribes would reject him, and that men would kill him, and that after three days he would rise up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 8 31 m32p figs-activepassive ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι, καὶ μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστῆναι 1 to be rejected by the elders and the chief priests and the scribes, and to be killed, and to rise up after three days If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the elders and the chief priests and the scribes would reject him, and that men would kill him, and that after three days he would rise up from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 8 31 gjg2 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι, καὶ μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστῆναι\n 1 The events of this verse progress in chronological order. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “first, the elders and the chief priests and the scribes will reject me. Then, people will kill me. But after that, on the third day, I will rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) +MRK 8 31 h9t2 figs-123person δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου πολλὰ παθεῖν 1 When Jesus says **Son of Man**, he is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would be confusing in your language, you can use first person. Alternate translation: “It is necessary that I, the Son of Man, should suffer many things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) MRK 8 32 hl4a παρρησίᾳ τὸν λόγον ἐλάλει 1 he was speaking this word openly “he said this in a way that was easy to understand” MRK 8 32 te4z figs-explicit ἤρξατο ἐπιτιμᾶν αὐτῷ 1 began to rebuke him Peter rebuked Jesus for saying the things he said would happen to the Son of Man. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “began to rebuke him for saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 8 33 ev5s 0 Connecting Statement: After rebuking Peter for his not wanting Jesus to die and rise, Jesus tells both his disciples and the crowd how to follow him. From 0450970a0217258c4d452ba7caac8c26c377a336 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 15:50:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 16/27] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 28 ++++++++++++---------------- 1 file changed, 12 insertions(+), 16 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 4b79b9e457..a4f2133c3a 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -489,22 +489,18 @@ MRK 8 31 d4dc guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρ MRK 8 31 m32p figs-activepassive ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι, καὶ μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστῆναι 1 to be rejected by the elders and the chief priests and the scribes, and to be killed, and to rise up after three days If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the elders and the chief priests and the scribes would reject him, and that men would kill him, and that after three days he would rise up from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 8 31 gjg2 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι, καὶ μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστῆναι\n 1 The events of this verse progress in chronological order. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “first, the elders and the chief priests and the scribes will reject me. Then, people will kill me. But after that, on the third day, I will rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) MRK 8 31 h9t2 figs-123person δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου πολλὰ παθεῖν 1 When Jesus says **Son of Man**, he is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would be confusing in your language, you can use first person. Alternate translation: “It is necessary that I, the Son of Man, should suffer many things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -MRK 8 32 hl4a παρρησίᾳ τὸν λόγον ἐλάλει 1 he was speaking this word openly “he said this in a way that was easy to understand” -MRK 8 32 te4z figs-explicit ἤρξατο ἐπιτιμᾶν αὐτῷ 1 began to rebuke him Peter rebuked Jesus for saying the things he said would happen to the Son of Man. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “began to rebuke him for saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 8 33 ev5s 0 Connecting Statement: After rebuking Peter for his not wanting Jesus to die and rise, Jesus tells both his disciples and the crowd how to follow him. -MRK 8 33 nu32 figs-metaphor ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, Σατανᾶ, ὅτι οὐ φρονεῖς 1 Get behind me, Satan! For you are not setting your mind Jesus means that Peter is acting like **Satan** because Peter is trying to prevent Jesus from accomplishing what God sent him to do. Alternate translation: “Get behind me, because you are acting like Satan! You are not setting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 8 33 r9gy ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου 1 Get behind me “Get away from me” -MRK 8 34 m732 figs-metaphor ὀπίσω μου ἀκολουθεῖν 1 to follow after me To **follow** Jesus here represents being one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “be my disciple” or “be one of my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 8 34 skl2 ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν 1 let him deny himself “he must not give in to his own desires” or “he must forsake his own desires” -MRK 8 34 c6ll figs-metonymy ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 take up his cross, and follow me The cross represents suffering and death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 8 34 oxv6 figs-metaphor ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 take up his cross, and follow me “carry his cross and follow me.” Taking up the cross represents being willing to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “must obey me even to the point of suffering and dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 8 34 zs3l figs-metaphor ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 follow me To **follow** Jesus here represents obeying him. Alternate translation: “obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 8 35 d5rj ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ 1 For whoever wants “For anyone who wants” -MRK 8 35 a6g3 τὴν ψυχὴν 1 soul This refers to both physical life and spiritual life. -MRK 8 35 mpq6 figs-explicit ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ καὶ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 for my sake and for the gospel “because of me and because of the gospel.” Jesus is talking about people who lose their lives because they follow Jesus and **the gospel**. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “because he follows me and tells others the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 8 36 ua46 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖ ἄνθρωπον, κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον καὶ ζημιωθῆναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ? 1 For what does it profit a man to gain the whole world and to forfeit his soul? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Even if a person gains the whole world, it will not benefit him if he forfeits his life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MRK 8 36 w7gm κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον καὶ ζημιωθῆναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ 1 to gain the whole world and to forfeit his soul This can also be expressed as a condition starting with the word “if.” Alternate translation: “if he gains the whole world and then forfeits his life” -MRK 8 36 jde6 figs-hyperbole κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον 1 to gain the whole world The words **the whole world** are an exaggeration for great riches. Alternate translation: “to gain everything he ever wanted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +MRK 8 33 nu32 figs-metaphor ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, Σατανᾶ 1 Get behind me, Satan! For you are not setting your mind Jesus means that Peter is acting like **Satan** because Peter is trying to prevent Jesus from accomplishing what God sent him to do. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Get behind me, because you are acting like Satan!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 8 33 r9gy grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ\n 1 Get behind me Jesus is saying that Peter is acting in a way that he ought not act. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “instead of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +MRK 8 33 clxo figs-idiom\n οὐ φρονεῖς τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 To **set your mind** on something means to think about it. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “you are not thinking about what God desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MRK 8 33 t6jv figs-ellipsis\n οὐ φρονεῖς τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀλλὰ τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Jesus leaves some words out in the second phrase that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “You are not thinking about what God desires, but you are thinking about what man desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MRK 8 34 m732 figs-metaphor ὀπίσω μου ἀκολουθεῖν 1 to follow after me To **follow** Jesus here represents being one of his disciples. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “be my disciple” or “be one of my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 8 34 c6ll figs-metonymy ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 take up his cross, and follow me The cross here represents suffering and death because you follow Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “something he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 8 34 oxv6 figs-hypo εἴ τις θέλει ὀπίσω μου ἀκολουθεῖν ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν, καὶ ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 take up his cross, and follow me Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to show the seriousness of being his follower. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) +MRK 8 35 d5rj figs-genericnoun ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ 1 For whoever wants Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “For if a person desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +MRK 8 35 a6g3 τὴν ψυχὴν 1 soul **soul** here refers to both a person's physical life and spiritual life. +MRK 8 35 nn0a figs-euphemism ἀπολέσει αὐτήν 1 **lose it** is a polite way to say that God will judge the person who tries to save their own soul. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “God will judge them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +MRK 8 36 ua46 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖ ἄνθρωπον, κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον καὶ ζημιωθῆναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ? 1 For what does it profit a man to gain the whole world and to forfeit his soul? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Even if a person gains the whole world, it will not benefit him if he forfeits his soul.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MRK 8 36 jde6 figs-hyperbole κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον 1 to gain the whole world The words **the whole world** are an exaggeration, meaning that the person might gain great riches. Alternate translation: “to gain everything he desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) MRK 8 36 bu77 ζημιωθῆναι 1 to forfeit To **forfeit** something is to lose it or to have another person take it away. MRK 8 37 wua4 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ δοῖ ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ? 1 For what might a man give as an exchange for his soul? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “There is nothing a person can give in exchange for his life.” or “No one can give anything in exchange for his life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 8 37 zw4j τί…δοῖ ἄνθρωπος 1 what might a man give If in your language to **give** requires someone to receive what is given, you can state clearly that “God” is the receiver. Alternate translation: “what can a person give to God” From c33ecbfe4fdbd058d0211e3619e8ca3dab3b4d6e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 16:10:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 17/27] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 10 ++-------- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index a4f2133c3a..440f3c0da4 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -501,15 +501,9 @@ MRK 8 35 a6g3 τὴν ψυχὴν 1 soul **soul** here refers to both a person' MRK 8 35 nn0a figs-euphemism ἀπολέσει αὐτήν 1 **lose it** is a polite way to say that God will judge the person who tries to save their own soul. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “God will judge them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) MRK 8 36 ua46 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖ ἄνθρωπον, κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον καὶ ζημιωθῆναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ? 1 For what does it profit a man to gain the whole world and to forfeit his soul? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Even if a person gains the whole world, it will not benefit him if he forfeits his soul.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 8 36 jde6 figs-hyperbole κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον 1 to gain the whole world The words **the whole world** are an exaggeration, meaning that the person might gain great riches. Alternate translation: “to gain everything he desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -MRK 8 36 bu77 ζημιωθῆναι 1 to forfeit To **forfeit** something is to lose it or to have another person take it away. -MRK 8 37 wua4 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ δοῖ ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ? 1 For what might a man give as an exchange for his soul? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “There is nothing a person can give in exchange for his life.” or “No one can give anything in exchange for his life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MRK 8 37 zw4j τί…δοῖ ἄνθρωπος 1 what might a man give If in your language to **give** requires someone to receive what is given, you can state clearly that “God” is the receiver. Alternate translation: “what can a person give to God” -MRK 8 38 rvi6 ἐπαισχυνθῇ με καὶ τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους 1 may be ashamed of me and my words “may be ashamed of me and my message” -MRK 8 38 c53y figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ, τῇ μοιχαλίδι καὶ ἁμαρτωλῷ 1 in this adulterous and sinful generation Jesus speaks of this **generation** as **adulterous**, meaning that they are unfaithful in their relationship with God. Alternate translation: “in this generation of people who have committed adultery against God and are very sinful” or “in this generation of people who are unfaithful to God and are very sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 8 37 wua4 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ δοῖ ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ? 1 For what might a man give as an exchange for his soul? Jesus asks this question to emphasize the value of the soul of each person. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is nothing a person can give in exchange for his life.” or “No one can give anything in exchange for his life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MRK 8 38 c53y figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ, τῇ μοιχαλίδι καὶ ἁμαρτωλῷ 1 in this adulterous and sinful generation Jesus speaks of this **generation** as **adulterous**, meaning that they are unfaithful in their relationship with God. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in this generation of people who have committed adultery against God and are very sinful” or “in this generation of people who are unfaithful to God and are very sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 8 38 s5tm guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -MRK 8 38 xd58 ὅταν ἔλθῃ 1 when he may come “when he comes back” -MRK 8 38 vl69 ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 in the glory of his Father When Jesus returns he will have the same **glory** as his Father. -MRK 8 38 vqk3 μετὰ τῶν ἀγγέλων τῶν ἁγίων 1 with the holy angels “accompanied by the holy angels” MRK 9 intro n92j 0 # Mark 9 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “transfigured”

Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Mark says in this chapter that Jesus’ clothing shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Hyperbole

Jesus said things that he did not expect his followers to understand literally. When he said, “If your hand causes you to stumble, cut it off” ([Mark 9:43](../mrk/09/43.md)), he was exaggerating so that his hearers would pay close attention to what he was saying and realize how important it is to avoid sin.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Elijah and Moses

Elijah and Moses suddenly appear to Jesus, James, John, and Peter, and then they disappear. All four of them saw Elijah and Moses, and because Elijah and Moses spoke with Jesus, the reader should understand that Elijah and Moses appeared physically.

### “Son of Man”

Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Mark 9:31](../mrk/09/31.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])

### Paradox

A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “If anyone wants to be first, he must be last of all and servant of all” ([Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md)). MRK 9 1 q4b6 writing-pronouns ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 he was saying to them Here, the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you can state who **he** refers to in your translation. Alternate translation: “Jesus was saying to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) MRK 9 1 xm40 figs-yousingular ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Here, the word **you** is plural, in the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, and refers to everyone that Jesus is speaking to. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “Truly I say to all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) From 6b799893effdbfc9704a5a1f27ace848cd035edb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Thu, 26 May 2022 12:56:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 18/27] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 440f3c0da4..1332bdc159 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ MRK 8 34 m732 figs-metaphor ὀπίσω μου ἀκολουθεῖν 1 to follo MRK 8 34 c6ll figs-metonymy ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 take up his cross, and follow me The cross here represents suffering and death because you follow Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “something he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 8 34 oxv6 figs-hypo εἴ τις θέλει ὀπίσω μου ἀκολουθεῖν ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν, καὶ ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 take up his cross, and follow me Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to show the seriousness of being his follower. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) MRK 8 35 d5rj figs-genericnoun ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ 1 For whoever wants Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “For if a person desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -MRK 8 35 a6g3 τὴν ψυχὴν 1 soul **soul** here refers to both a person's physical life and spiritual life. +MRK 8 35 a6g3 τὴν ψυχὴν 1 soul **soul** here refers to both a person's physical life and and their eternal life after death. MRK 8 35 nn0a figs-euphemism ἀπολέσει αὐτήν 1 **lose it** is a polite way to say that God will judge the person who tries to save their own soul. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “God will judge them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) MRK 8 36 ua46 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖ ἄνθρωπον, κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον καὶ ζημιωθῆναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ? 1 For what does it profit a man to gain the whole world and to forfeit his soul? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Even if a person gains the whole world, it will not benefit him if he forfeits his soul.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 8 36 jde6 figs-hyperbole κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον 1 to gain the whole world The words **the whole world** are an exaggeration, meaning that the person might gain great riches. Alternate translation: “to gain everything he desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) From 6d9f06cb8458f8bfa2ad933fc63b2ad1236b7207 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Thu, 26 May 2022 13:42:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 19/27] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 1332bdc159..670b5d336f 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ MRK 8 34 m732 figs-metaphor ὀπίσω μου ἀκολουθεῖν 1 to follo MRK 8 34 c6ll figs-metonymy ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 take up his cross, and follow me The cross here represents suffering and death because you follow Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “something he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 8 34 oxv6 figs-hypo εἴ τις θέλει ὀπίσω μου ἀκολουθεῖν ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν, καὶ ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 take up his cross, and follow me Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to show the seriousness of being his follower. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) MRK 8 35 d5rj figs-genericnoun ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ 1 For whoever wants Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “For if a person desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -MRK 8 35 a6g3 τὴν ψυχὴν 1 soul **soul** here refers to both a person's physical life and and their eternal life after death. +MRK 8 35 a6g3 ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ σῶσαι, ἀπολέσει αὐτήν, ὃς δ’ ἂν ἀπολέσει τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ καὶ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, σώσει αὐτήν 1 soul **life** here has multiple meanings. The first time **life** occurs, it means life before a person dies. The second occurrence of **life** means life after death, or eternal life. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “For whoever desires to save his life before death will be punished by God after he dies. Whoever loses his life for my sake, and for the sake of the good news, will live with God forever after he dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 8 35 nn0a figs-euphemism ἀπολέσει αὐτήν 1 **lose it** is a polite way to say that God will judge the person who tries to save their own soul. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “God will judge them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) MRK 8 36 ua46 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖ ἄνθρωπον, κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον καὶ ζημιωθῆναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ? 1 For what does it profit a man to gain the whole world and to forfeit his soul? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Even if a person gains the whole world, it will not benefit him if he forfeits his soul.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 8 36 jde6 figs-hyperbole κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον 1 to gain the whole world The words **the whole world** are an exaggeration, meaning that the person might gain great riches. Alternate translation: “to gain everything he desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) From c6bfc282e49e4068a7b75c938d11401052a79070 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Thu, 26 May 2022 15:23:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 20/27] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 46 +++++++++++++++++++++++----------------------- 1 file changed, 23 insertions(+), 23 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 670b5d336f..4fab25523e 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -439,48 +439,45 @@ MRK 7 36 eb2y figs-ellipsis ὅσον…αὐτοῖς διεστέλλετο, MRK 7 37 dh17 figs-metonymy τοὺς κωφοὺς…ἀλάλους 1 the deaf … the mute These refer to people. Alternate translation: “deaf people … mute people” or “people who cannot hear … people who cannot speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 8 intro ry56 0 # Mark 8 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Bread

When Jesus worked a miracle and provided bread for a large crowd of people, they probably thought about when God miraculously provided food for the people of Israel when they were in the wilderness.

Yeast is the ingredient that causes bread to become larger before it is baked. In this chapter, Jesus uses yeast as a metaphor for things that change the way people think, speak, and act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### “Adulterous generation”

When Jesus called the people an “adulterous generation,” he was telling them that they were not faithful to God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Jesus used many rhetorical questions as a way of both teaching the disciples ([Mark 8:17-21](./17.md)) and scolding the people ([Mark 8:12](../mrk/08/12.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Paradox

A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” ([Mark 8:35-37](./35.md)). MRK 8 1 rmd8 writing-newevent ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 In those days This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -MRK 8 1 sgv6 μὴ ἐχόντων τι φάγωσιν 1 Connecting Statement: Jesus explains following this why the crowd did not have anything to eat. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) +MRK 8 1 sgv6 figs-extrainfo μὴ ἐχόντων τι φάγωσιν 1 Connecting Statement: Jesus explains following this why the crowd did not have anything to eat. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) MRK 8 3 u3mu grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical καὶ ἐὰν ἀπολύσω αὐτοὺς νήστεις εἰς οἶκον αὐτῶν, ἐκλυθήσονται ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ 1 they will faint Mark is using a hypothetical situation to bring to the disciples attention the dangers of making the people return home without eating. Alternate translation: “If I should send them to their houses hungry, some of them might collapse on the way home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) MRK 8 4 jdk2 figs-rquestion πόθεν τούτους δυνήσεταί τις ὧδε χορτάσαι ἄρτων ἐπ’ ἐρημίας? 1 From where will anyone be able to feed these people with bread here in this desolate place? The disciples are expressing surprise that Jesus would expect them to be able to find enough food for the crowd. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This place is so deserted that there is no place here for us to get enough loaves of bread to satisfy these people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MRK 8 6 x2jr figs-quotations παραγγέλλει τῷ ὄχλῳ ἀναπεσεῖν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 he commands the crowd to recline on the ground This can be written as a direct quote. “Jesus commanded the crowd, ‘Sit down on the ground’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -MRK 8 7 bio6 figs-quotations εἶπεν καὶ ταῦτα παρατιθέναι 1 This can be written as a direct quote. “Jesus said to the disciples, ‘Serve these fish also’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -MRK 8 8 mxn1 ἦραν 1 they picked up Here, **they** could refer to the disciples, or to the people in the crowd. -MRK 8 8 v5zi figs-explicit περισσεύματα κλασμάτων ἑπτὰ σπυρίδας 1 an abundance of broken pieces—seven baskets This refers to the **broken pieces** bread that were left over after the people ate. Alternate translation: “the remaining broken pieces of bread, which filled seven large baskets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 8 9 m81z writing-background ἦσαν δὲ ὡς τετρακισχίλιοι\n 1 and he sent them away Mark includes **Now there were about 4,000** to help his reader to know how many people are there. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “There were approximately 4000 people who Jesus fed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -MRK 8 10 qnt3 figs-explicit καὶ εὐθὺς ἐμβὰς εἰς τὸ πλοῖον μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ 1 **And immediately, having gotten into the boat with his disciples** is a comment concluding the story of Jesus feeding the 4000. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) -MRK 8 10 y8u3 figs-explicit ἦλθεν εἰς τὰ μέρη Δαλμανουθά 1 he went into the region of Dalmanutha It may be helpful to clarify how they got to Dalmanutha. Alternate translation: “he sailed around the Sea of Galilee to the region of Dalmanutha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 8 10 x33a translate-names Δαλμανουθά 1 of Dalmanutha This is the name of a place on the northwestern shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +MRK 8 6 x2jr figs-quotations παραγγέλλει τῷ ὄχλῳ ἀναπεσεῖν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 he commands the crowd to recline on the ground If it would be more natural in your language, you could express **to recline on the ground** as a direct quotation. “Jesus commanded the crowd, ‘Sit down on the ground’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +MRK 8 7 bio6 figs-quotations εἶπεν καὶ ταῦτα παρατιθέναι 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express **to recline on the ground** as a direct quotation. “Jesus said to the disciples, ‘Serve these fish also’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +MRK 8 8 v5zi figs-explicit περισσεύματα κλασμάτων ἑπτὰ σπυρίδας 1 an abundance of broken pieces—seven baskets This refers to the **broken pieces** of bread that were left over after the people ate. Alternate translation: “the remaining broken pieces of bread, which filled seven large baskets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 8 9 m81z writing-background ἦσαν δὲ ὡς τετρακισχίλιοι\n 1 and he sent them away Mark includes **Now there were about 4,000** to help his reader to know how many people are there. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “There were approximately 4000 people that Jesus fed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +MRK 8 10 qnt3 writing-endofstory καὶ εὐθὺς ἐμβὰς εἰς τὸ πλοῖον μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ 1 **And immediately, having gotten into the boat with his disciples** is a comment concluding the story of Jesus feeding the 4,000 people. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) +MRK 8 10 y8u3 figs-explicit ἦλθεν εἰς τὰ μέρη Δαλμανουθά 1 he went into the region of Dalmanutha They got to Dalmanutha in a boat. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he sailed around the Sea of Galilee to the region of Dalmanutha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 8 10 x33a translate-names Δαλμανουθά 1 of Dalmanutha **Dalmanutha** is the name of a place on the northwestern shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 8 11 zi91 figs-metonymy σημεῖον ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 a sign from heaven They wanted **a sign** that would prove that Jesus’ power and authority were from God. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “a sign from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 8 12 sn5a ἀναστενάξας τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 having sighed deeply in his spirit This means that he groaned or that he let out a long deep breath that could be heard. It probably shows Jesus’ deep sadness that the Pharisees refused to believe him. See how you translated this in [Mark 7:34](../07/34.md). MRK 8 12 s8xl figs-metonymy τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his spirit **in his spirit** means within himself or to himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 8 12 g4lz figs-rquestion τί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ σημεῖον? 1 Why does this generation seek for a sign? Jesus asks **Why does this generation seek for a sign** to show that they have not understood of the miracles that he has done up until this point. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This generation should not seek a sign.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MRK 8 12 l335 figs-explicit τί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ σημεῖον 1 Why does this generation seek for When Jesus speaks of **this generation**, he is referring to some of the people who lived at that time who were not following God. He was not speaking of every sing person alive. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “Why do you Pharisees ask for a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MRK 8 12 g4lz figs-rquestion τί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ σημεῖον? 1 Why does this generation seek for a sign? Jesus asks **Why does this generation seek for a sign** to show that they have not understood the miracles that he has done up until this point. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This generation should not seek a sign.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MRK 8 12 l335 figs-synecdoche τί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ σημεῖον 1 Why does this generation seek for When Jesus speaks of **this generation**, he is referring to some of the people who lived at that time who were not following God. He was not speaking of every single person alive. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “Why do you Pharisees ask for a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MRK 8 12 a2x2 figs-activepassive εἰ δοθήσεται…σημεῖον 1 if a sign will be given If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will not give you a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 8 12 q4wh figs-activepassive εἰ δοθήσεται τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ σημεῖον 1 **if a sign will be given to this generation** is an idiom which means that a sign certainly will not be given. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not give you a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MRK 8 12 q4wh figs-idiom εἰ δοθήσεται τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ σημεῖον 1 **if a sign will be given to this generation** is an idiom which means that a sign certainly will not be given. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not give you a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 8 13 i2se writing-pronouns ἀφεὶς αὐτοὺς, πάλιν ἐμβὰς 1 having left them, having boarded a boat again Jesus’ was not the only one who left, but his disciples were with him also. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples left them and got into the boat again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) MRK 8 13 u1qk figs-explicit εἰς τὸ πέραν 1 to the other side **to the other side** describes the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 8 14 gtg6 grammar-connect-exceptions καὶ ἐπελάθοντο λαβεῖν ἄρτους, καὶ εἰ μὴ ἕνα ἄρτον οὐκ εἶχον μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ 1 except for one loaf If it would appear in your language that Mark was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Jesus' disciples only brought one loaf of bread onto the boat with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) -MRK 8 15 bd2x figs-doublet ὁρᾶτε, βλέπετε 1 Keep watch! Be on guard These two terms have a common meaning and are repeated here for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Keep watch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -MRK 8 15 nszl figs-extrainfo βλέπετε ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ τῆς ζύμης Ἡρῴδου 1 Here Jesus is speaking to his disciples in a metaphor they do not understand. Jesus is comparing the Pharisees’ and Herod’s teachings to **yeast**. You should not explain this when you translate it, for the disciples themselves did not understand it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) +MRK 8 15 bd2x figs-doublet ὁρᾶτε, βλέπετε 1 Keep watch! Be on guard **Keep watch** and **Be on guard** have a common meaning and are repeated here for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Keep watch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +MRK 8 15 nszl figs-extrainfo βλέπετε ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ τῆς ζύμης Ἡρῴδου 1 Jesus is comparing the Pharisees’ and Herod’s teachings to **yeast**. When yeast it put into bread, it affects the entire batch of bread which is made. You should not explain this when you translate it, for the disciples themselves did not understand it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) MRK 8 16 zfw3 figs-hyperbole ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχουσιν 1 they have no bread The word **no** is an exaggeration. The disciples did have one loaf of bread ([Mark 8:14](../08/14.md)), but that was not for all of them on the boat. Alternate translation: “they have very little bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) MRK 8 17 hnh6 figs-rquestion τί διαλογίζεσθε ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε? 1 Why are you reasoning that you do not have bread? Here Jesus is rebuking his disciples because they should have understood what he had been talking about. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not be thinking that I am talking about actual bread.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MRK 8 17 dmt2 figs-parallelism οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ συνίετε? 1 Do you not yet perceive, nor understand? These questions have the same meaning and are used together to emphasize that they do not understand. This can be written as one question. Alternate translation: “Do you not yet understand?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +MRK 8 17 dmt2 figs-parallelism οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ συνίετε? 1 Do you not yet perceive, nor understand? These questions have the same meaning and are used together to emphasize that they do not understand. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Do you not yet understand?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) MRK 8 17 wf6j figs-rquestion οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ συνίετε? 1 Do you not yet perceive, nor understand? If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should perceive and understand by now the things I say and do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 8 17 fn31 figs-metonymy πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν? 1 Have your hearts become hardened? Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s mind. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Have you become stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 8 17 rq8c figs-metaphor πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν? 1 Have your hearts become hardened? The phrase **hearts become hardened** is a metaphor for not being able or willing to understand something. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 8 17 mihv figs-rquestion πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν? 1 Have your hearts become hardened? Jesus uses a question to scold the disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Your thinking has become so dull!” or “You are so slow to understand what I mean!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MRK 8 18 u1gh figs-rquestion ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες, οὐ βλέπετε? καὶ ὦτα ἔχοντες, οὐκ ἀκούετε? καὶ οὐ μνημονεύετε? 1 Having eyes, do you not see? And having ears, do you not hear? And do you not remember? Jesus continues to mildly rebuke his disciples by asking them questions. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You have eyes, but you do not understand what you see. You have ears, but you do not understand what you hear. You should remember the things that I have said and done.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MRK 8 18 u1gh figs-rquestion ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες, οὐ βλέπετε? καὶ ὦτα ἔχοντες, οὐκ ἀκούετε? καὶ οὐ μνημονεύετε? 1 Having eyes, do you not see? And having ears, do you not hear? And do you not remember? Jesus continues to rebuke his disciples by asking them questions. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You have eyes, but you do not understand what you see. You have ears, but you do not understand what you hear. You should remember the things that I have said and done.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 8 18 qt58 figs-idiom οὐ βλέπετε…οὐκ ἀκούετε 1 **do you not see** and **do you not hear** are idioms meaning that the disciples did not understand. They heard and saw everything Jesus did, but they did not understand what it meant. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Do you not understand the things which I have said and done the whole time you have been with me?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 8 19 t7ig translate-numbers τοὺς πεντακισχιλίους 1 the 5,000 “the five thousand people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -MRK 8 20 b5bm figs-metonymy τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους 1 the 4,000 This refers to the 4,000 people Jesus fed. Alternate translation: “the 4,000 people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 8 20 lip5 translate-numbers τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους 1 the 4,000 “the four thousand people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -MRK 8 20 ggl1 figs-explicit πόσων σπυρίδων πληρώματα κλασμάτων ἤρατε 1 how many baskets full of broken pieces did you take up It may be helpful to state when they collected these. Alternate translation: “how many baskets full of broken pieces of bread did you collect after everyone finished eating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 8 21 kh42 figs-rquestion πῶς οὔπω συνίετε? 1 How do you not yet understand? Jesus is mildly rebuking his disciples for not understanding what he has done in front of their eyes. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should understand by now the things I say and do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 8 22 c92c figs-go ἔρχονται εἰς Βηθσαϊδάν 1 Connecting Statement: Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went to Bethsaida” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 8 22 mj78 figs-explicit ἔρχονται εἰς Βηθσαϊδάν 1 Jesus and his disciples traveled to Bethsaida in a boat. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They came to Bethsaida in a boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 8 22 mul4 translate-names Βηθσαϊδάν 1 Bethsaida This is a town on the northern shore of the Sea of Galilee. See how you translated the name of this town in [Mark 6:45](../06/45.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +MRK 8 22 mul4 translate-names Βηθσαϊδάν 1 Bethsaida **Bethsaida** is a town on the northern shore of the Sea of Galilee. See how you translated the name of this town in [Mark 6:45](../06/45.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 8 22 mx9q figs-explicit ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψηται 1 that he would touch him They wanted Jesus to touch the man in order to heal him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to touch him in order to heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 8 24 r6tk figs-simile βλέπω τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ὅτι ὡς δένδρα ὁρῶ περιπατοῦντας 1 I see men who look like walking trees The man sees men **walking** around, yet they are not clear to him. To the man, people just look like tall figures, so he compares them to **trees**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Yes, I see people! They are walking around, but I cannot see them clearly. They look like trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +MRK 8 24 r6tk figs-simile βλέπω τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ὅτι ὡς δένδρα ὁρῶ περιπατοῦντας 1 I see men who look like walking trees The man sees people **walking** around, yet they are not clear to him. To the man, people just look like tall figures, so he compares them to **trees**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Yes, I see people! They are walking around, but I cannot see them clearly. They look like trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) MRK 8 25 td9l figs-activepassive καὶ διέβλεψεν καὶ ἀπεκατέστη 1 and he looked intently and was restored The phrase **was restored** can be written in active form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus restored the man’s sight, and then the man opened his eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 8 27 e4l3 figs-go ἐξῆλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰς κώμας 1 Connecting Statement: Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they came out into the villages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 8 28 nn1f figs-ellipsis ἄλλοι…ἄλλοι 1 other … others The two occurrences of **others** refers to other people. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “other people say you are … other people say you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) @@ -497,13 +494,16 @@ MRK 8 34 m732 figs-metaphor ὀπίσω μου ἀκολουθεῖν 1 to follo MRK 8 34 c6ll figs-metonymy ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 take up his cross, and follow me The cross here represents suffering and death because you follow Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “something he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 8 34 oxv6 figs-hypo εἴ τις θέλει ὀπίσω μου ἀκολουθεῖν ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν, καὶ ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 take up his cross, and follow me Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to show the seriousness of being his follower. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) MRK 8 35 d5rj figs-genericnoun ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ 1 For whoever wants Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “For if a person desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -MRK 8 35 a6g3 ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ σῶσαι, ἀπολέσει αὐτήν, ὃς δ’ ἂν ἀπολέσει τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ καὶ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, σώσει αὐτήν 1 soul **life** here has multiple meanings. The first time **life** occurs, it means life before a person dies. The second occurrence of **life** means life after death, or eternal life. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “For whoever desires to save his life before death will be punished by God after he dies. Whoever loses his life for my sake, and for the sake of the good news, will live with God forever after he dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 8 35 a6g3 figs-explicit ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ σῶσαι, ἀπολέσει αὐτήν, ὃς δ’ ἂν ἀπολέσει τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ καὶ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, σώσει αὐτήν 1 soul **life** here has multiple meanings. The first time **life** occurs, it means life before a person dies. The second occurrence of **life** means life after death, or eternal life. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “For whoever desires to save his life before death will be punished by God after he dies. Whoever loses his life for my sake, and for the sake of the good news, will live with God forever after he dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 8 35 nn0a figs-euphemism ἀπολέσει αὐτήν 1 **lose it** is a polite way to say that God will judge the person who tries to save their own soul. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “God will judge them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -MRK 8 36 ua46 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖ ἄνθρωπον, κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον καὶ ζημιωθῆναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ? 1 For what does it profit a man to gain the whole world and to forfeit his soul? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Even if a person gains the whole world, it will not benefit him if he forfeits his soul.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MRK 8 36 jde6 figs-hyperbole κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον 1 to gain the whole world The words **the whole world** are an exaggeration, meaning that the person might gain great riches. Alternate translation: “to gain everything he desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +MRK 8 36 ua46 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖ ἄνθρωπον, κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον καὶ ζημιωθῆναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ? 1 For what does it profit a man to gain the whole world and to forfeit his soul? Jesus asks this question to emphasize that If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Even if a person gains the whole world, it will not benefit him if he forfeits his soul.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MRK 8 36 mxuj figs-rquestion ἄνθρωπον 1 Mark is using the phrase **a man** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +MRK 8 36 jde6 figs-hyperbole κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον 1 to gain the whole world The phrase **the whole world** is an exaggeration, meaning that the person might gain great riches. Alternate translation: “to gain everything he desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) MRK 8 37 wua4 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ δοῖ ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ? 1 For what might a man give as an exchange for his soul? Jesus asks this question to emphasize the value of the soul of each person. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is nothing a person can give in exchange for his life.” or “No one can give anything in exchange for his life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 8 38 c53y figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ, τῇ μοιχαλίδι καὶ ἁμαρτωλῷ 1 in this adulterous and sinful generation Jesus speaks of this **generation** as **adulterous**, meaning that they are unfaithful in their relationship with God. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in this generation of people who have committed adultery against God and are very sinful” or “in this generation of people who are unfaithful to God and are very sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 8 38 ov1d figs-synecdoche τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ 1 See how you translated **this generation** in [8:12](../08/12.md)\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])\n MRK 8 38 s5tm guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +MRK 8 38 hvx0 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated **Son of Man** in [8:31](../08/31.md)(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) MRK 9 intro n92j 0 # Mark 9 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “transfigured”

Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Mark says in this chapter that Jesus’ clothing shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Hyperbole

Jesus said things that he did not expect his followers to understand literally. When he said, “If your hand causes you to stumble, cut it off” ([Mark 9:43](../mrk/09/43.md)), he was exaggerating so that his hearers would pay close attention to what he was saying and realize how important it is to avoid sin.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Elijah and Moses

Elijah and Moses suddenly appear to Jesus, James, John, and Peter, and then they disappear. All four of them saw Elijah and Moses, and because Elijah and Moses spoke with Jesus, the reader should understand that Elijah and Moses appeared physically.

### “Son of Man”

Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Mark 9:31](../mrk/09/31.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])

### Paradox

A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “If anyone wants to be first, he must be last of all and servant of all” ([Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md)). MRK 9 1 q4b6 writing-pronouns ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 he was saying to them Here, the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you can state who **he** refers to in your translation. Alternate translation: “Jesus was saying to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) MRK 9 1 xm40 figs-yousingular ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Here, the word **you** is plural, in the original language that Mark wrote this Gospel in, and refers to everyone that Jesus is speaking to. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “Truly I say to all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) From 4c0b32bb8883b8ad5b150d15da41c99f28156354 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Thu, 26 May 2022 20:06:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 21/27] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 13 +++++++------ 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 4fab25523e..b66863bb53 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote MRK front intro r2f2 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Mark

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Mark

1. Introduction (1:1-13)
1. The ministry of Jesus in Galilee
* Early ministry (1:14-3:6)
* Jesus becomes more popular among the people (3:7-5:43)
* Moving away from Galilee and then returning (6:1-8:26)
1. Progress toward Jerusalem, repeated times when Jesus predicts his own death; the disciples misunderstand, and Jesus teaches them how difficult it will be to follow him (8:27-10:52)
1. Last days of ministry and preparation for final conflict in Jerusalem (11:1-13:37)
1. The death of Christ and the empty tomb (14:1-16:8)

### What is the Book of Mark about?

The Gospel of Mark is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the gospels wrote about who Jesus was and what he did during his life. Mark wrote much about how Jesus suffered and died on the cross. He did this to encourage his readers who were being persecuted. Mark also explained Jewish customs and some Aramaic words. This may indicate that Mark expected most of his first readers to be Gentiles.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Mark,” or “The Gospel according to Mark.” They may also choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News about Jesus that Mark wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Mark?

The book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was Mark. Mark was also known as John Mark. He was a close friend of Peter. Mark may not have witnessed what Jesus said and did. Many experts think that Peter the Apostle was the source of what Mark wrote about Jesus.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What were Jesus’ teaching methods?

The people regarded Jesus as a rabbi. A rabbi is a teacher of God’s law. Jesus taught in similar ways as other religious teachers in Israel. He had students who followed him wherever he went. These students were called disciples. He often told parables. Parables are stories that teach moral lessons. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/parable]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What are the Synoptic Gospels?

The Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”

The texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three of the gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.

### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?

In the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This phrase could mean a few things:

*The phrase son of man can simply be describing that someone’s father is also a human being. Therefore, the person being described is literally a son of a man, or a human being.

*The phrase sometimes is a reference to Daniel 7:13-14. In this passage there is a person described as a “son of man.” This description tells us that the person ascending to the throne of God looked like a human being. This description is than the first different because God gives this son of man authority forever. Therefore, the title son of man became a title for the Messiah.

Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.

### Why does Mark frequently use terms indicating short periods of time?

The Gospel of Mark uses the word “immediately” forty-two times. Mark does this to make the events more exciting and vivid. It moves the reader quickly from one event to the next.

### Sabbath/Sabbaths

Oftentimes in the culture of the Bible, religious festivals would be written in the plural form of the word instead of a singular form. This occurs in Mark as well. In the ULT, the word should be kept plural, “sabbaths”. This is simply for the sake of being as close to the original text as possible. In the UST it is changed to singular to make more sense of the use of the word in its context, “sabbath”.

### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Mark?

The following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to include these verses. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include one or more of these verses, the translators can include them. If they are included, they should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to Mark’s Gospel.
* “If any man has ears to hear, let him hear.” (7:16)
* “where their worm never dies and the fire is never quenched” (9:44)
* “where their worm never dies and the fire is never quenched” (9:46)
* “And the scripture was fulfilled that says, ‘He was counted with the lawless ones’” (15:28)

The following passage in not found in the earliest manuscripts. Most Bibles include this passage, but modern Bibles put it in brackets ([]) or indicate in some way that this passage may not have been original to Mark’s Gospel. Translators are advised to do something similar as the modern versions of the Bible.
* “Early on the first day of the week, after he arose, he appeared first to Mary Magdalene, from whom he had cast out seven demons. She went and told those who were with him, while they were mourning and weeping. They heard that he was alive and that he had been seen by her, but they did not believe. After these things he appeared in a different form to two of them, as they were walking out into the country. They went and told the rest of the disciples, but they did not believe them. Jesus later appeared to the eleven as they were reclining at the table, and he rebuked them for their unbelief and hardness of heart, because they did not believe those who saw him after he rose from the dead. He said to them, ‘Go into all the world, and preach the gospel to the entire creation. He who believes and is baptized will be saved, and he who does not believe will be condemned. These signs will go with those who believe: In my name they will cast out demons. They will speak in new languages. They will pick up snakes with their hands, and if they drink anything deadly, it will not hurt them. They will lay hands on the sick, and they will get well.’ After the Lord had spoken to them, he was taken up into heaven and sat down at the right hand of God. The disciples left and preached everywhere, while the Lord worked with them and confirmed the word by the signs that went with them.” (16:9-20)

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -MRK 1 intro c6ep 0 # Mark 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-3, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “You can make me clean”

Leprosy was a disease of the skin that made a person unclean and unable to properly worship God. Jesus is capable of making people physically “clean” or healthy as well as spiritually “clean” or right with God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])

### “The kingdom of God is near”

Scholars debate whether the “kingdom of God” was present at this time or is something that is still coming. English translations frequently use the phrase “at hand,” but this can create difficulty for translators. Other versions use the phase “is coming” and “has come near.” +MRK 1 intro c6ep 0 # Mark 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-3, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “You can make me clean”\n\nLeprosy was a disease of the skin that made a person unclean and unable to properly worship God. Jesus is capable of making people physically “clean” or healthy as well as spiritually “clean” or right with God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])\n\n### “The kingdom of God is near”\n\nScholars debate whether the “kingdom of God” was present at this time or is something that is still coming. English translations frequently use the phrase “at hand,” but this can create difficulty for translators. Other versions use the phase “is coming” and “has come near.”\n\n## The Historic Present \n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 12, 21, 30, 37, 40 and 44. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n\n MRK 1 1 kpq1 writing-newevent ἀρχὴ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This verse introduces the reader to the history of Jesus the Messiah as told by Mark. This functions as an introduction to the entire book of Mark. Use the natural form in your language for beginning the telling of something that actually happened. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent) MRK 1 1 i3bc guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God **Son of God** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. If this would be misunderstood, you could use the alternate translation: “who is God’s Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MRK 1 2 fc4t figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ 1 If it would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an active form. Alternate translation: “Just as Isaiah the prophet wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ MRK 1 44 xhu8 figs-explicit σεαυτὸν δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ 1 s MRK 1 44 w6b2 figs-synecdoche σεαυτὸν δεῖξον 1 show yourself Here, the word **yourself** represents the skin of the leper. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “show your skin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MRK 1 45 i91a figs-metaphor ἤρξατο κηρύσσειν πολλὰ καὶ διαφημίζειν τὸν λόγον 1 began to proclaim often and to spread the word widely Here, **spread the word widely** is a metaphor for telling people in many places about what had happened. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “began to tell people in many places about what Jesus had done” (See: and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 1 45 z363 figs-hyperbole πάντοθεν 1 from all sides The word **all sides** is a hyperbole used to emphasize how very many places the people came from. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “from all over the region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -MRK 2 intro zhb5 0 # Mark 2 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

1. Jesus heals the paralytic (2:1-12)
1. Jesus tells Levi to follow him (2:13,14)
1. The feast at Levi’s house (2:15-17)
1. Questions about fasting (2:18-22)
1. Picking grain on the Sabbath (2:22-28)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “Sinners”

When the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins like stealing or sexual sins. When Jesus said that he came to call “sinners,” he meant that only people who believe that they are sinners can be his followers. This is true even if they are not what most people think of as “sinners.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Fasting and Feasting

People would fast, or not eat food for a long time, when they were sad or were showing God that they were sorry for their sins. When they were happy, like during weddings, they would have feasts, or meals where they would eat much food. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fast]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

The Jewish leaders used rhetorical questions to show that they were angry because of what Jesus said and did and that they did not believe that he was God’s Son ([Mark 2:7](../mrk/02/07.md)). Jesus used them to show the Jewish leaders that they were arrogant ([Mark 2:25-26](./25.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MRK 2 intro zhb5 0 # Mark 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus heals the paralytic (2:1-12)\n1. Jesus tells Levi to follow him (2:13,14)\n1. The feast at Levi’s house (2:15-17)\n1. Questions about fasting (2:18-22)\n1. Picking grain on the Sabbath (2:22-28)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Sinners”\n\nWhen the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins like stealing or sexual sins. When Jesus said that he came to call “sinners,” he meant that only people who believe that they are sinners can be his followers. This is true even if they are not what most people think of as “sinners.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n### Fasting and Feasting\n\nPeople would fast, or not eat food for a long time, when they were sad or were showing God that they were sorry for their sins. When they were happy, like during weddings, they would have feasts, or meals where they would eat much food. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fast]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical Questions\n\nThe Jewish leaders used rhetorical questions to show that they were angry because of what Jesus said and did and that they did not believe that he was God’s Son ([Mark 2:7](../mrk/02/07.md)). Jesus used them to show the Jewish leaders that they were arrogant ([Mark 2:25-26](./25.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n### The Historic Present \n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 3, 7, 14, 15, 18, 25, . If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n\n MRK 2 1 ir5j figs-activepassive ἠκούσθη ὅτι ἐν οἴκῳ ἐστίν 1 it was heard that he is at home If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “The people there heard that he was staying at his home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 2 1 j6pa grammar-connect-time-background καὶ εἰσελθὼν πάλιν εἰς Καφαρναοὺμ 1 The author tells us that Jesus **entered again** to remind us that he has already been in Capernaum in [1:21](../01/21.md). You could make this more explicit in your language. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus came a second time to the town called Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) MRK 2 1 afvi figs-explicit ἐν οἴκῳ ἐστίν 1 There is some debate over whose **house** this is. It could possibly be (1) Peter’s house. Peter’s house functioned as the place where Jesus always returned to when we was in the town of Capernaum. Alternate translation: “He was in Peter’s house” or (2) you could leave it generic, and not specify whose house it was. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ MRK 2 27 v3mb figs-genericnoun τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 **man** is a generic MRK 2 27 s2yd figs-ellipsis οὐχ ὁ ἄνθρωπος διὰ τὸ Σάββατον 1 not man for the Sabbath The words **was made** are understood from the previous phrase. They can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “man was not made for the Sabbath” or “God did not make man for the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 2 28 wgwu 1 Son of Man is a common title given to Jesus. See the introduction to the book for a detailed explanation of the title. MRK 2 28 pwb5 1 There are two major interpretations of this passage. (1) Many think that Jesus is here appealing to his heavenly authority to speak about the Sabbath day to the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “Therefore, I, the Son of Man, am Lord of the Sabbath.” (2) **son of man** is a popular title used in the Old Testament to refer to a human being. Jesus could be saying (functioning as the conclusion to the previous verse) that mankind has authority over the Sabbath, and that the Sabbath does not have authority over mankind. Alternate translation: “Therefore, mankind has authority over the Sabbath”. -MRK 3 intro x969 0 # Mark 3 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sabbath

It was against the law of Moses to do work on the Sabbath. The Pharisees believed healing a sick person on the Sabbath was “work,” so they said that Jesus did wrong when he healed a person on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”

No one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### The twelve disciples

The following are the lists of the twelve disciples:

In Matthew:

Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.

In Mark:

Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.

In Luke:

Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.

Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.

### Brothers and Sisters

Most people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]]) +MRK 3 intro x969 0 # Mark 3 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Sabbath\n\nIt was against the law of Moses to do work on the Sabbath. The Pharisees believed healing a sick person on the Sabbath was “work,” so they said that Jesus did wrong when he healed a person on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”\n\nNo one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### The twelve disciples\n\nThe following are the lists of the twelve disciples:\n\nIn Matthew:\n\nSimon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.\n\nIn Mark:\n\nSimon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.\n\nIn Luke:\n\nSimon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.\n\nThaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.\n\n### Brothers and Sisters\n\nMost people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])\n\n## The Historic Present \n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 3, 13, 20, 31, 32, 33, and 34. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n\n MRK 3 2 vr25 figs-explicit ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 so that they might accuse him If Jesus were to heal the man that day, the Pharisees would **accuse him** of breaking the law by the working on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “so that they could accuse him of wrongdoing” or “so that they could accuse him of breaking the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 3 2 q35x grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 This phrase tells the reader why the Pharisees were watching Jesus. Alternate translation: “They were doing this so that they could accuse him of working on the jewish rest day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) MRK 3 3 nm6w ἔγειρε εἰς τὸ μέσον 1 in our midst **midst** here is referring to the group people who were gathered inside of the synagogue. If this would be confusing in your language, you can be explicit. Alternate translation: “Stand up in front of all of those meeting here” @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ MRK 3 33 qe8c figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου, καὶ MRK 3 33 iu9r translate-kinship ἡ μήτηρ μου, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου 1 Jesus is using the words **mother** and **brother** here not referring to biological relatives, but to those whom he loves and whom obey God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) MRK 3 35 dr45 figs-genericnoun ὃς 1 whoever may do … this is **whoever** does not refer to any specific person, but to any person who does these things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) MRK 3 35 yr9i figs-metaphor οὗτος ἀδελφός μου καὶ ἀδελφὴ καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν 1 this is my brother, and sister, and mother This is a metaphor that means Jesus’ disciples belong to Jesus’ spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. Alternate translation: “that person is like a brother, sister, or mother to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 4 intro f5ua 0 # Mark 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Mark 4:3-10 forms one parable. The parable is explained in 4:14-23.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:12, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Parables

The parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth. +MRK 4 intro f5ua 0 # Mark 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nMark 4:3-10 forms one parable. The parable is explained in 4:14-23.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:12, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Parables\n\nThe parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth.\n\n## The Historic Present \n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 13, 35, 36, 37 and 38. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n\n MRK 4 1 i95e grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον ἐμβάντα, καθῆσθαι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ 1 the sea Jesus **stepped into the boat** because the crowd was so big that it would have been very difficult for them all to hear him. If this would not be clear in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because the crowd was so large, Jesus went out onto a boat so the crowd could hear his teaching.” See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) MRK 4 2 h2a9 καὶ ἐδίδασκεν αὐτοὺς ἐν παραβολαῖς πολλά, καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ 1 Mark provides this background information about Jesus’ actions to help readers understand what happens while Jesus is on the boat. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 4 3 vqh3 figs-parables ἀκούετε! ἰδοὺ, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων σπεῖραι 1 Listen! Behold, the sower Jesus teaches the crowd about what happens when different people hear Jesus’ teaching. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) @@ -277,11 +277,12 @@ MRK 4 33 y7i2 καὶ τοιαύταις παραβολαῖς πολλαῖς, MRK 4 34 oo4t figs-litotes χωρὶς δὲ παραβολῆς οὐκ ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς 1 Luke uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) MRK 4 34 gp99 figs-hyperbole ἐπέλυεν πάντα 1 he was explaining everything Here, **everything** does not actually mean everything, but rather, all of his parables which he had spoken. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could state this clearly. Alternate translation: “he explained all his parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) MRK 4 38 b4xb figs-rquestion οὐ μέλει σοι ὅτι ἀπολλύμεθα? 1 do you not care that we are perishing? The disciples asked this question to convey their fear. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you need to pay attention to what is happening; we are all about to die!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MRK 4 38 phc3 \n Διδάσκαλε 1 **Teacher** is a respectful title. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use. MRK 4 38 qtb3 figs-exclusive ἀπολλύμεθα 1 we are perishing The word **we** includes the disciples and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) MRK 4 39 yym6 figs-doublet σιώπα, πεφίμωσο 1 Be silent! Be still! These two phrases are similar and used to emphasize what Jesus wanted the wind and the sea to do. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Be calm!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) MRK 4 40 w5n4 figs-rquestion τί δειλοί ἐστε? οὔπω ἔχετε πίστιν 1 Why are you afraid? Do you not yet have faith? Jesus asks these questions to make his disciples consider why they are **afraid** when he is with them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not be afraid. You need to have more faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 4 41 u8e1 figs-rquestion τίς ἄρα οὗτός ἐστιν, ὅτι καὶ ὁ ἄνεμος καὶ ἡ θάλασσα ὑπακούει αὐτῷ? 1 Who then is this, for even the wind and the sea obey him? The disciples ask this question in amazement at what Jesus did. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “This man is not like ordinary men; even the wind and the sea obey him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MRK 5 intro lh25 0 # Mark 5 General Notes

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Talitha, koum”

The words **Talitha, koum** ([Mark 5:41](../mrk/05/41.md)) are from the Aramaic language. Mark writes them the way they sound and then translates them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) +MRK 5 intro lh25 0 # Mark 5 General Notes\n\n## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Talitha, koum”\n\nThe words **Talitha, koum** ([Mark 5:41](../mrk/05/41.md)) are from the Aramaic language. Mark writes them the way they sound and then translates them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])\n\n## The Historic Present \n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 7, 9, 19, 22, 23, 31, 35, 36, 38, 39, 40 and 41. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n\n MRK 5 1 fix1 writing-newevent καὶ ἦλθον εἰς τὸ πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης, εἰς τὴν χώραν τῶν Γερασηνῶν 1 Connecting Statement: This verse acts as an introduction to the next story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After this, they came to the other side of the Sea of Galilee, to the region where the Geresenes lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) MRK 5 1 gt8a figs-go ἦλθον 1 They came Your language may say “went” rather than came in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 5 1 vsc7 translate-names τῶν Γερασηνῶν 1 the Gerasenes This name refers to the people who live in Gerasa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -494,7 +495,7 @@ MRK 8 34 m732 figs-metaphor ὀπίσω μου ἀκολουθεῖν 1 to follo MRK 8 34 c6ll figs-metonymy ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 take up his cross, and follow me The cross here represents suffering and death because you follow Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “something he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 8 34 oxv6 figs-hypo εἴ τις θέλει ὀπίσω μου ἀκολουθεῖν ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν, καὶ ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 take up his cross, and follow me Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to show the seriousness of being his follower. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) MRK 8 35 d5rj figs-genericnoun ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ 1 For whoever wants Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “For if a person desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -MRK 8 35 a6g3 figs-explicit ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ σῶσαι, ἀπολέσει αὐτήν, ὃς δ’ ἂν ἀπολέσει τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ καὶ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, σώσει αὐτήν 1 soul **life** here has multiple meanings. The first time **life** occurs, it means life before a person dies. The second occurrence of **life** means life after death, or eternal life. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “For whoever desires to save his life before death will be punished by God after he dies. Whoever loses his life for my sake, and for the sake of the good news, will live with God forever after he dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 8 35 a6g3 figs-explicit ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ σῶσαι, ἀπολέσει αὐτήν, ὃς δ’ ἂν ἀπολέσει τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ καὶ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, σώσει αὐτήν 1 soul The first time the word life occurs in each phrase, it means life before a person dies, that is, earthly life. The second occurrence of life in each phrase means life after death, that is, everlasting life. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “For whoever desires to save his earthly life will not have everlasting life with God after he dies. Whoever loses his earthly life for my sake, and for the sake of the good news, will have everlasting life with God after he dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n MRK 8 35 nn0a figs-euphemism ἀπολέσει αὐτήν 1 **lose it** is a polite way to say that God will judge the person who tries to save their own soul. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “God will judge them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) MRK 8 36 ua46 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖ ἄνθρωπον, κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον καὶ ζημιωθῆναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ? 1 For what does it profit a man to gain the whole world and to forfeit his soul? Jesus asks this question to emphasize that If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Even if a person gains the whole world, it will not benefit him if he forfeits his soul.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 8 36 mxuj figs-rquestion ἄνθρωπον 1 Mark is using the phrase **a man** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) From df39cc4a86eb2f7e8a8acce07314133664644e5d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Thu, 26 May 2022 20:15:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 22/27] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index b66863bb53..e46328c8d8 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ MRK 5 41 hx3c translate-transliterate ταλιθὰ, κοῦμ! 1 Talitha, koum! MRK 5 42 pt5t translate-numbers ἦν…ἐτῶν δώδεκα 1 she was 12 years of age “she was twelve years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) MRK 5 42 m49c translate-numbers καὶ εὐθὺς ἀνέστη τὸ κοράσιον καὶ περιεπάτει, ἦν γὰρ ἐτῶν δώδεκα 1 Mark includes this information to help the readers understand how it was that she immediately **rose up** and began **walking**. She was able to get up and walk because she was old enough to do so. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And immediately the little girl rose up and was walking. She was able to do this because she was 12 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 5 43 n29k figs-quotations καὶ εἶπεν δοθῆναι αὐτῇ φαγεῖν 1 and he told them to give her something to eat You can state this as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “and he told them, ‘Give her something to eat’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -MRK 6 intro kl7n 0 # Mark 6 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “Anointed with oil”

In the ancient Near East, people would try to heal sick people by putting olive oil on them. +MRK 6 intro kl7n 0 # Mark 6 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Anointed with oil”\n\nIn the ancient Near East, people would try to heal sick people by putting olive oil on them.\n\n## The Historic Present \n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 7, 30, 31, 37, 38, 45, 48, 49 and 55. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n\n MRK 6 1 mi7z writing-newevent καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐκεῖθεν, καὶ ἔρχεται εἰς τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθοῦσιν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Connecting Statement: This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, Jesus and his disciples went out from there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) MRK 6 1 lpci figs-go ἐξῆλθεν…ἔρχεται εἰς 1 Your language may say “went” rather than came in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he came out … went into” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 6 2 y4xj figs-activepassive τίς ἡ σοφία ἡ δοθεῖσα τούτῳ 1 what is this wisdom that has been given to him? If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what is this wisdom that God gave to him?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 90f59eece63aefdd942fad570038509653e7acfd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Thu, 26 May 2022 21:13:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 23/27] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index e46328c8d8..33829db4f5 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ MRK 6 55 d9k9 περιέδραμον…ἤκουον 1 they ran throughout … MRK 6 56 gi6y ἐτίθεσαν 1 they were putting Here, **they** refers to the people. It does not refer to Jesus’ disciples. MRK 6 56 y6hs figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας 1 the sick This phrase refers to people. Alternate translation: “the sick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) MRK 6 56 bqzf figs-litany εἰς κώμας, ἢ εἰς πόλεις, ἢ εἰς ἀγροὺς 1 Mark lists **villages**, **cities**, and **countryside** to emphasize that everywhere Jesus went, they were bringing sick people to him. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list different places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) -MRK 7 intro vq1j 0 # Mark 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:6-7, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Hand washing

The Pharisees washed many things that were not dirty because they were trying to make God think that they were good. They washed their hands before they ate, even when their hands were not dirty. and even though the law of Moses did not say that they had to do it. Jesus told them that they were wrong and that people make God happy by thinking and doing the right things. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Ephphatha”

This is an Aramaic word. Mark wrote it the way it sounds using Greek letters and then explained what it means. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) +MRK 7 intro vq1j 0 # Mark 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:6-7, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Hand washing\n\nThe Pharisees washed many things that were not dirty because they were trying to make God think that they were good. They washed their hands before they ate, even when their hands were not dirty. and even though the law of Moses did not say that they had to do it. Jesus told them that they were wrong and that people make God happy by thinking and doing the right things. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Ephphatha”\n\nThis is an Aramaic word. Mark wrote it the way it sounds using Greek letters and then explained what it means. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])\n\n## The Historic Present \n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, . If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n\n MRK 7 1 b9ul writing-newevent καὶ συνάγονται πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι καί τινες τῶν γραμματέων, ἐλθόντες ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων\n 1d are gathering around him This verse introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, some Pharisees and some men who teach the Jewish laws who had come from Jerusalem gathered around Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) MRK 7 2 wd6i figs-extrainfo 0 General Information: The following verses explain the significance of this verse. Since it is explained in the following verses, you do not need to explain its meaning here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) MRK 7 3 mj6u writing-background γὰρ 1 of the elders This verse, as well as the next verse, are added to explain to the reader why the Jewish leaders did not approve of what Jesus' disciples were doing. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “They were appalled because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n From ec700b09efccb6c869113942ac2de208bbcf46b1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Fri, 27 May 2022 11:59:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 24/27] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 33829db4f5..010b362d3a 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ MRK 6 55 d9k9 περιέδραμον…ἤκουον 1 they ran throughout … MRK 6 56 gi6y ἐτίθεσαν 1 they were putting Here, **they** refers to the people. It does not refer to Jesus’ disciples. MRK 6 56 y6hs figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας 1 the sick This phrase refers to people. Alternate translation: “the sick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) MRK 6 56 bqzf figs-litany εἰς κώμας, ἢ εἰς πόλεις, ἢ εἰς ἀγροὺς 1 Mark lists **villages**, **cities**, and **countryside** to emphasize that everywhere Jesus went, they were bringing sick people to him. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list different places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) -MRK 7 intro vq1j 0 # Mark 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:6-7, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Hand washing\n\nThe Pharisees washed many things that were not dirty because they were trying to make God think that they were good. They washed their hands before they ate, even when their hands were not dirty. and even though the law of Moses did not say that they had to do it. Jesus told them that they were wrong and that people make God happy by thinking and doing the right things. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Ephphatha”\n\nThis is an Aramaic word. Mark wrote it the way it sounds using Greek letters and then explained what it means. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])\n\n## The Historic Present \n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, . If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n\n +MRK 7 intro vq1j 0 # Mark 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:6-7, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Hand washing\n\nThe Pharisees washed many things that were not dirty because they were trying to make God think that they were good. They washed their hands before they ate, even when their hands were not dirty. and even though the law of Moses did not say that they had to do it. Jesus told them that they were wrong and that people make God happy by thinking and doing the right things. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Ephphatha”\n\nThis is an Aramaic word. Mark wrote it the way it sounds using Greek letters and then explained what it means. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])\n\n## The Historic Present \n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 18, 32, 34. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n\n MRK 7 1 b9ul writing-newevent καὶ συνάγονται πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι καί τινες τῶν γραμματέων, ἐλθόντες ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων\n 1d are gathering around him This verse introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, some Pharisees and some men who teach the Jewish laws who had come from Jerusalem gathered around Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) MRK 7 2 wd6i figs-extrainfo 0 General Information: The following verses explain the significance of this verse. Since it is explained in the following verses, you do not need to explain its meaning here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) MRK 7 3 mj6u writing-background γὰρ 1 of the elders This verse, as well as the next verse, are added to explain to the reader why the Jewish leaders did not approve of what Jesus' disciples were doing. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “They were appalled because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ MRK 7 35 yj4j figs-activepassive ἐλύθη ὁ δεσμὸς τῆς γλώσ MRK 7 35 gssm figs-idiom ἐλύθη ὁ δεσμὸς τῆς γλώσσης αὐτοῦ 1 **the band of his tongue was released** means he was able to speak. Alternate translation: “his tongue was free and he was able to speak” or “he was able to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 7 36 eb2y figs-ellipsis ὅσον…αὐτοῖς διεστέλλετο, αὐτοὶ 1 as much as he ordered them The refers to him ordering them not to tell anyone about what he had done. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the more he ordered them not to tell anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 7 37 dh17 figs-metonymy τοὺς κωφοὺς…ἀλάλους 1 the deaf … the mute These refer to people. Alternate translation: “deaf people … mute people” or “people who cannot hear … people who cannot speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 8 intro ry56 0 # Mark 8 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Bread

When Jesus worked a miracle and provided bread for a large crowd of people, they probably thought about when God miraculously provided food for the people of Israel when they were in the wilderness.

Yeast is the ingredient that causes bread to become larger before it is baked. In this chapter, Jesus uses yeast as a metaphor for things that change the way people think, speak, and act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### “Adulterous generation”

When Jesus called the people an “adulterous generation,” he was telling them that they were not faithful to God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Jesus used many rhetorical questions as a way of both teaching the disciples ([Mark 8:17-21](./17.md)) and scolding the people ([Mark 8:12](../mrk/08/12.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Paradox

A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” ([Mark 8:35-37](./35.md)). +MRK 8 intro ry56 0 # Mark 8 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Bread\n\nWhen Jesus worked a miracle and provided bread for a large crowd of people, they probably thought about when God miraculously provided food for the people of Israel when they were in the wilderness.\n\nYeast is the ingredient that causes bread to become larger before it is baked. In this chapter, Jesus uses yeast as a metaphor for things that change the way people think, speak, and act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### “Adulterous generation”\n\nWhen Jesus called the people an “adulterous generation,” he was telling them that they were not faithful to God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical Questions\n\nJesus used many rhetorical questions as a way of both teaching the disciples ([Mark 8:17-21](./17.md)) and scolding the people ([Mark 8:12](../mrk/08/12.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” ([Mark 8:35-37](./35.md)).\n\n### The Historic Present \n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 2, 6, 12, 17, 19, 20, 22, 29 and 33. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n\n MRK 8 1 rmd8 writing-newevent ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 In those days This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) MRK 8 1 sgv6 figs-extrainfo μὴ ἐχόντων τι φάγωσιν 1 Connecting Statement: Jesus explains following this why the crowd did not have anything to eat. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) MRK 8 3 u3mu grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical καὶ ἐὰν ἀπολύσω αὐτοὺς νήστεις εἰς οἶκον αὐτῶν, ἐκλυθήσονται ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ 1 they will faint Mark is using a hypothetical situation to bring to the disciples attention the dangers of making the people return home without eating. Alternate translation: “If I should send them to their houses hungry, some of them might collapse on the way home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) From 6e874a7e870d49414947d9e4d1758a8b1b5e63b3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Fri, 27 May 2022 12:07:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 25/27] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 14 +++++++------- 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 010b362d3a..1ff9d8eeb6 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote MRK front intro r2f2 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Mark

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Mark

1. Introduction (1:1-13)
1. The ministry of Jesus in Galilee
* Early ministry (1:14-3:6)
* Jesus becomes more popular among the people (3:7-5:43)
* Moving away from Galilee and then returning (6:1-8:26)
1. Progress toward Jerusalem, repeated times when Jesus predicts his own death; the disciples misunderstand, and Jesus teaches them how difficult it will be to follow him (8:27-10:52)
1. Last days of ministry and preparation for final conflict in Jerusalem (11:1-13:37)
1. The death of Christ and the empty tomb (14:1-16:8)

### What is the Book of Mark about?

The Gospel of Mark is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the gospels wrote about who Jesus was and what he did during his life. Mark wrote much about how Jesus suffered and died on the cross. He did this to encourage his readers who were being persecuted. Mark also explained Jewish customs and some Aramaic words. This may indicate that Mark expected most of his first readers to be Gentiles.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Mark,” or “The Gospel according to Mark.” They may also choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News about Jesus that Mark wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Mark?

The book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was Mark. Mark was also known as John Mark. He was a close friend of Peter. Mark may not have witnessed what Jesus said and did. Many experts think that Peter the Apostle was the source of what Mark wrote about Jesus.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What were Jesus’ teaching methods?

The people regarded Jesus as a rabbi. A rabbi is a teacher of God’s law. Jesus taught in similar ways as other religious teachers in Israel. He had students who followed him wherever he went. These students were called disciples. He often told parables. Parables are stories that teach moral lessons. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/parable]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What are the Synoptic Gospels?

The Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”

The texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three of the gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.

### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?

In the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This phrase could mean a few things:

*The phrase son of man can simply be describing that someone’s father is also a human being. Therefore, the person being described is literally a son of a man, or a human being.

*The phrase sometimes is a reference to Daniel 7:13-14. In this passage there is a person described as a “son of man.” This description tells us that the person ascending to the throne of God looked like a human being. This description is than the first different because God gives this son of man authority forever. Therefore, the title son of man became a title for the Messiah.

Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.

### Why does Mark frequently use terms indicating short periods of time?

The Gospel of Mark uses the word “immediately” forty-two times. Mark does this to make the events more exciting and vivid. It moves the reader quickly from one event to the next.

### Sabbath/Sabbaths

Oftentimes in the culture of the Bible, religious festivals would be written in the plural form of the word instead of a singular form. This occurs in Mark as well. In the ULT, the word should be kept plural, “sabbaths”. This is simply for the sake of being as close to the original text as possible. In the UST it is changed to singular to make more sense of the use of the word in its context, “sabbath”.

### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Mark?

The following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to include these verses. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include one or more of these verses, the translators can include them. If they are included, they should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to Mark’s Gospel.
* “If any man has ears to hear, let him hear.” (7:16)
* “where their worm never dies and the fire is never quenched” (9:44)
* “where their worm never dies and the fire is never quenched” (9:46)
* “And the scripture was fulfilled that says, ‘He was counted with the lawless ones’” (15:28)

The following passage in not found in the earliest manuscripts. Most Bibles include this passage, but modern Bibles put it in brackets ([]) or indicate in some way that this passage may not have been original to Mark’s Gospel. Translators are advised to do something similar as the modern versions of the Bible.
* “Early on the first day of the week, after he arose, he appeared first to Mary Magdalene, from whom he had cast out seven demons. She went and told those who were with him, while they were mourning and weeping. They heard that he was alive and that he had been seen by her, but they did not believe. After these things he appeared in a different form to two of them, as they were walking out into the country. They went and told the rest of the disciples, but they did not believe them. Jesus later appeared to the eleven as they were reclining at the table, and he rebuked them for their unbelief and hardness of heart, because they did not believe those who saw him after he rose from the dead. He said to them, ‘Go into all the world, and preach the gospel to the entire creation. He who believes and is baptized will be saved, and he who does not believe will be condemned. These signs will go with those who believe: In my name they will cast out demons. They will speak in new languages. They will pick up snakes with their hands, and if they drink anything deadly, it will not hurt them. They will lay hands on the sick, and they will get well.’ After the Lord had spoken to them, he was taken up into heaven and sat down at the right hand of God. The disciples left and preached everywhere, while the Lord worked with them and confirmed the word by the signs that went with them.” (16:9-20)

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -MRK 1 intro c6ep 0 # Mark 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-3, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “You can make me clean”\n\nLeprosy was a disease of the skin that made a person unclean and unable to properly worship God. Jesus is capable of making people physically “clean” or healthy as well as spiritually “clean” or right with God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])\n\n### “The kingdom of God is near”\n\nScholars debate whether the “kingdom of God” was present at this time or is something that is still coming. English translations frequently use the phrase “at hand,” but this can create difficulty for translators. Other versions use the phase “is coming” and “has come near.”\n\n## The Historic Present \n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 12, 21, 30, 37, 40 and 44. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n\n +MRK 1 intro c6ep 0 # Mark 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-3, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “You can make me clean”\n\nLeprosy was a disease of the skin that made a person unclean and unable to properly worship God. Jesus is capable of making people physically “clean” or healthy as well as spiritually “clean” or right with God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])\n\n### “The kingdom of God is near”\n\nScholars debate whether the “kingdom of God” was present at this time or is something that is still coming. English translations frequently use the phrase “at hand,” but this can create difficulty for translators. Other versions use the phase “is coming” and “has come near.”\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### The Historic Present \n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 12, 21, 30, 37, 40 and 44. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n\n MRK 1 1 kpq1 writing-newevent ἀρχὴ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This verse introduces the reader to the history of Jesus the Messiah as told by Mark. This functions as an introduction to the entire book of Mark. Use the natural form in your language for beginning the telling of something that actually happened. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent) MRK 1 1 i3bc guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God **Son of God** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. If this would be misunderstood, you could use the alternate translation: “who is God’s Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MRK 1 2 fc4t figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ 1 If it would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an active form. Alternate translation: “Just as Isaiah the prophet wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ MRK 2 27 v3mb figs-genericnoun τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 **man** is a generic MRK 2 27 s2yd figs-ellipsis οὐχ ὁ ἄνθρωπος διὰ τὸ Σάββατον 1 not man for the Sabbath The words **was made** are understood from the previous phrase. They can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “man was not made for the Sabbath” or “God did not make man for the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 2 28 wgwu 1 Son of Man is a common title given to Jesus. See the introduction to the book for a detailed explanation of the title. MRK 2 28 pwb5 1 There are two major interpretations of this passage. (1) Many think that Jesus is here appealing to his heavenly authority to speak about the Sabbath day to the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “Therefore, I, the Son of Man, am Lord of the Sabbath.” (2) **son of man** is a popular title used in the Old Testament to refer to a human being. Jesus could be saying (functioning as the conclusion to the previous verse) that mankind has authority over the Sabbath, and that the Sabbath does not have authority over mankind. Alternate translation: “Therefore, mankind has authority over the Sabbath”. -MRK 3 intro x969 0 # Mark 3 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Sabbath\n\nIt was against the law of Moses to do work on the Sabbath. The Pharisees believed healing a sick person on the Sabbath was “work,” so they said that Jesus did wrong when he healed a person on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”\n\nNo one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### The twelve disciples\n\nThe following are the lists of the twelve disciples:\n\nIn Matthew:\n\nSimon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.\n\nIn Mark:\n\nSimon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.\n\nIn Luke:\n\nSimon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.\n\nThaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.\n\n### Brothers and Sisters\n\nMost people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])\n\n## The Historic Present \n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 3, 13, 20, 31, 32, 33, and 34. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n\n +MRK 3 intro x969 0 # Mark 3 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Sabbath\n\nIt was against the law of Moses to do work on the Sabbath. The Pharisees believed healing a sick person on the Sabbath was “work,” so they said that Jesus did wrong when he healed a person on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”\n\nNo one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### The twelve disciples\n\nThe following are the lists of the twelve disciples:\n\nIn Matthew:\n\nSimon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.\n\nIn Mark:\n\nSimon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.\n\nIn Luke:\n\nSimon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.\n\nThaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.\n\n### Brothers and Sisters\n\nMost people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### The Historic Present \n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 3, 13, 20, 31, 32, 33, and 34. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n\n MRK 3 2 vr25 figs-explicit ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 so that they might accuse him If Jesus were to heal the man that day, the Pharisees would **accuse him** of breaking the law by the working on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “so that they could accuse him of wrongdoing” or “so that they could accuse him of breaking the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 3 2 q35x grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 This phrase tells the reader why the Pharisees were watching Jesus. Alternate translation: “They were doing this so that they could accuse him of working on the jewish rest day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) MRK 3 3 nm6w ἔγειρε εἰς τὸ μέσον 1 in our midst **midst** here is referring to the group people who were gathered inside of the synagogue. If this would be confusing in your language, you can be explicit. Alternate translation: “Stand up in front of all of those meeting here” @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ MRK 3 33 qe8c figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου, καὶ MRK 3 33 iu9r translate-kinship ἡ μήτηρ μου, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου 1 Jesus is using the words **mother** and **brother** here not referring to biological relatives, but to those whom he loves and whom obey God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) MRK 3 35 dr45 figs-genericnoun ὃς 1 whoever may do … this is **whoever** does not refer to any specific person, but to any person who does these things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) MRK 3 35 yr9i figs-metaphor οὗτος ἀδελφός μου καὶ ἀδελφὴ καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν 1 this is my brother, and sister, and mother This is a metaphor that means Jesus’ disciples belong to Jesus’ spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. Alternate translation: “that person is like a brother, sister, or mother to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 4 intro f5ua 0 # Mark 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nMark 4:3-10 forms one parable. The parable is explained in 4:14-23.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:12, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Parables\n\nThe parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth.\n\n## The Historic Present \n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 13, 35, 36, 37 and 38. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n\n +MRK 4 intro f5ua 0 # Mark 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nMark 4:3-10 forms one parable. The parable is explained in 4:14-23.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:12, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Parables\n\nThe parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### The Historic Present \n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 13, 35, 36, 37 and 38. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n\n MRK 4 1 i95e grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον ἐμβάντα, καθῆσθαι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ 1 the sea Jesus **stepped into the boat** because the crowd was so big that it would have been very difficult for them all to hear him. If this would not be clear in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because the crowd was so large, Jesus went out onto a boat so the crowd could hear his teaching.” See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) MRK 4 2 h2a9 καὶ ἐδίδασκεν αὐτοὺς ἐν παραβολαῖς πολλά, καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ 1 Mark provides this background information about Jesus’ actions to help readers understand what happens while Jesus is on the boat. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 4 3 vqh3 figs-parables ἀκούετε! ἰδοὺ, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων σπεῖραι 1 Listen! Behold, the sower Jesus teaches the crowd about what happens when different people hear Jesus’ teaching. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ MRK 4 38 qtb3 figs-exclusive ἀπολλύμεθα 1 we are perishing The word * MRK 4 39 yym6 figs-doublet σιώπα, πεφίμωσο 1 Be silent! Be still! These two phrases are similar and used to emphasize what Jesus wanted the wind and the sea to do. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Be calm!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) MRK 4 40 w5n4 figs-rquestion τί δειλοί ἐστε? οὔπω ἔχετε πίστιν 1 Why are you afraid? Do you not yet have faith? Jesus asks these questions to make his disciples consider why they are **afraid** when he is with them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not be afraid. You need to have more faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 4 41 u8e1 figs-rquestion τίς ἄρα οὗτός ἐστιν, ὅτι καὶ ὁ ἄνεμος καὶ ἡ θάλασσα ὑπακούει αὐτῷ? 1 Who then is this, for even the wind and the sea obey him? The disciples ask this question in amazement at what Jesus did. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “This man is not like ordinary men; even the wind and the sea obey him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MRK 5 intro lh25 0 # Mark 5 General Notes\n\n## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Talitha, koum”\n\nThe words **Talitha, koum** ([Mark 5:41](../mrk/05/41.md)) are from the Aramaic language. Mark writes them the way they sound and then translates them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])\n\n## The Historic Present \n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 7, 9, 19, 22, 23, 31, 35, 36, 38, 39, 40 and 41. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n\n +MRK 5 intro lh25 0 # Mark 5 General Notes\n\n## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Talitha, koum”\n\nThe words **Talitha, koum** ([Mark 5:41](../mrk/05/41.md)) are from the Aramaic language. Mark writes them the way they sound and then translates them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### The Historic Present \n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 7, 9, 19, 22, 23, 31, 35, 36, 38, 39, 40 and 41. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n\n MRK 5 1 fix1 writing-newevent καὶ ἦλθον εἰς τὸ πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης, εἰς τὴν χώραν τῶν Γερασηνῶν 1 Connecting Statement: This verse acts as an introduction to the next story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After this, they came to the other side of the Sea of Galilee, to the region where the Geresenes lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) MRK 5 1 gt8a figs-go ἦλθον 1 They came Your language may say “went” rather than came in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 5 1 vsc7 translate-names τῶν Γερασηνῶν 1 the Gerasenes This name refers to the people who live in Gerasa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ MRK 5 41 hx3c translate-transliterate ταλιθὰ, κοῦμ! 1 Talitha, koum! MRK 5 42 pt5t translate-numbers ἦν…ἐτῶν δώδεκα 1 she was 12 years of age “she was twelve years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) MRK 5 42 m49c translate-numbers καὶ εὐθὺς ἀνέστη τὸ κοράσιον καὶ περιεπάτει, ἦν γὰρ ἐτῶν δώδεκα 1 Mark includes this information to help the readers understand how it was that she immediately **rose up** and began **walking**. She was able to get up and walk because she was old enough to do so. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And immediately the little girl rose up and was walking. She was able to do this because she was 12 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 5 43 n29k figs-quotations καὶ εἶπεν δοθῆναι αὐτῇ φαγεῖν 1 and he told them to give her something to eat You can state this as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “and he told them, ‘Give her something to eat’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -MRK 6 intro kl7n 0 # Mark 6 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Anointed with oil”\n\nIn the ancient Near East, people would try to heal sick people by putting olive oil on them.\n\n## The Historic Present \n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 7, 30, 31, 37, 38, 45, 48, 49 and 55. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n\n +MRK 6 intro kl7n 0 # Mark 6 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Anointed with oil”\n\nIn the ancient Near East, people would try to heal sick people by putting olive oil on them.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### The Historic Present \n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 7, 30, 31, 37, 38, 45, 48, 49 and 55. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n\n MRK 6 1 mi7z writing-newevent καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐκεῖθεν, καὶ ἔρχεται εἰς τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθοῦσιν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Connecting Statement: This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, Jesus and his disciples went out from there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) MRK 6 1 lpci figs-go ἐξῆλθεν…ἔρχεται εἰς 1 Your language may say “went” rather than came in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he came out … went into” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 6 2 y4xj figs-activepassive τίς ἡ σοφία ἡ δοθεῖσα τούτῳ 1 what is this wisdom that has been given to him? If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what is this wisdom that God gave to him?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ MRK 6 55 d9k9 περιέδραμον…ἤκουον 1 they ran throughout … MRK 6 56 gi6y ἐτίθεσαν 1 they were putting Here, **they** refers to the people. It does not refer to Jesus’ disciples. MRK 6 56 y6hs figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας 1 the sick This phrase refers to people. Alternate translation: “the sick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) MRK 6 56 bqzf figs-litany εἰς κώμας, ἢ εἰς πόλεις, ἢ εἰς ἀγροὺς 1 Mark lists **villages**, **cities**, and **countryside** to emphasize that everywhere Jesus went, they were bringing sick people to him. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list different places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) -MRK 7 intro vq1j 0 # Mark 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:6-7, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Hand washing\n\nThe Pharisees washed many things that were not dirty because they were trying to make God think that they were good. They washed their hands before they ate, even when their hands were not dirty. and even though the law of Moses did not say that they had to do it. Jesus told them that they were wrong and that people make God happy by thinking and doing the right things. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Ephphatha”\n\nThis is an Aramaic word. Mark wrote it the way it sounds using Greek letters and then explained what it means. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])\n\n## The Historic Present \n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 18, 32, 34. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n\n +MRK 7 intro vq1j 0 # Mark 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:6-7, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Hand washing\n\nThe Pharisees washed many things that were not dirty because they were trying to make God think that they were good. They washed their hands before they ate, even when their hands were not dirty. and even though the law of Moses did not say that they had to do it. Jesus told them that they were wrong and that people make God happy by thinking and doing the right things. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Ephphatha”\n\nThis is an Aramaic word. Mark wrote it the way it sounds using Greek letters and then explained what it means. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### The Historic Present \n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 18, 32, 34. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n\n MRK 7 1 b9ul writing-newevent καὶ συνάγονται πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι καί τινες τῶν γραμματέων, ἐλθόντες ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων\n 1d are gathering around him This verse introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, some Pharisees and some men who teach the Jewish laws who had come from Jerusalem gathered around Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) MRK 7 2 wd6i figs-extrainfo 0 General Information: The following verses explain the significance of this verse. Since it is explained in the following verses, you do not need to explain its meaning here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) MRK 7 3 mj6u writing-background γὰρ 1 of the elders This verse, as well as the next verse, are added to explain to the reader why the Jewish leaders did not approve of what Jesus' disciples were doing. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “They were appalled because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ MRK 7 35 yj4j figs-activepassive ἐλύθη ὁ δεσμὸς τῆς γλώσ MRK 7 35 gssm figs-idiom ἐλύθη ὁ δεσμὸς τῆς γλώσσης αὐτοῦ 1 **the band of his tongue was released** means he was able to speak. Alternate translation: “his tongue was free and he was able to speak” or “he was able to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 7 36 eb2y figs-ellipsis ὅσον…αὐτοῖς διεστέλλετο, αὐτοὶ 1 as much as he ordered them The refers to him ordering them not to tell anyone about what he had done. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the more he ordered them not to tell anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 7 37 dh17 figs-metonymy τοὺς κωφοὺς…ἀλάλους 1 the deaf … the mute These refer to people. Alternate translation: “deaf people … mute people” or “people who cannot hear … people who cannot speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 8 intro ry56 0 # Mark 8 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Bread\n\nWhen Jesus worked a miracle and provided bread for a large crowd of people, they probably thought about when God miraculously provided food for the people of Israel when they were in the wilderness.\n\nYeast is the ingredient that causes bread to become larger before it is baked. In this chapter, Jesus uses yeast as a metaphor for things that change the way people think, speak, and act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### “Adulterous generation”\n\nWhen Jesus called the people an “adulterous generation,” he was telling them that they were not faithful to God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical Questions\n\nJesus used many rhetorical questions as a way of both teaching the disciples ([Mark 8:17-21](./17.md)) and scolding the people ([Mark 8:12](../mrk/08/12.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” ([Mark 8:35-37](./35.md)).\n\n### The Historic Present \n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 2, 6, 12, 17, 19, 20, 22, 29 and 33. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n\n +MRK 8 intro ry56 0 # Mark 8 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Bread\n\nWhen Jesus worked a miracle and provided bread for a large crowd of people, they probably thought about when God miraculously provided food for the people of Israel when they were in the wilderness.\n\nYeast is the ingredient that causes bread to become larger before it is baked. In this chapter, Jesus uses yeast as a metaphor for things that change the way people think, speak, and act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### “Adulterous generation”\n\nWhen Jesus called the people an “adulterous generation,” he was telling them that they were not faithful to God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### The Historic Present \n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 2, 6, 12, 17, 19, 20, 22, 29 and 33. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n\n### Rhetorical Questions\n\nJesus used many rhetorical questions as a way of both teaching the disciples ([Mark 8:17-21](./17.md)) and scolding the people ([Mark 8:12](../mrk/08/12.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” ([Mark 8:35-37](./35.md)).\n\n\n\n MRK 8 1 rmd8 writing-newevent ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 In those days This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) MRK 8 1 sgv6 figs-extrainfo μὴ ἐχόντων τι φάγωσιν 1 Connecting Statement: Jesus explains following this why the crowd did not have anything to eat. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) MRK 8 3 u3mu grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical καὶ ἐὰν ἀπολύσω αὐτοὺς νήστεις εἰς οἶκον αὐτῶν, ἐκλυθήσονται ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ 1 they will faint Mark is using a hypothetical situation to bring to the disciples attention the dangers of making the people return home without eating. Alternate translation: “If I should send them to their houses hungry, some of them might collapse on the way home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) From 0c7a87e0ac73c32f6c5250ccffcad4d5ad8703d9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Fri, 27 May 2022 22:27:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 26/27] Edit 'en_tn_42-MRK.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 1ff9d8eeb6..3c97c10e56 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ MRK 1 6 jpzh translate-unknown ἀκρίδας
1 If your readers would not MRK 1 7 p7tl writing-quotations ἐκήρυσσεν λέγων
1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “he announced loudly to the people” or “he proclaimed these things:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) MRK 1 7 l7jd writing-pronouns ἐκήρυσσεν 1 he was proclaiming The pronoun **He** is referring to John. Alternate translation: “John was proclaiming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) MRK 1 7 bk1j writing-pronouns ἔρχεται…ὀπίσω μου
1 Here, **coming after me** means that this mightier person would come at a later time than John came. It does not mean that he is behind John, chasing John, or a disciple of John. -MRK 1 7 g8fw figs-explicit κύψας λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ 1 of whom the strap of his sandals I am not worthy to stoop down to untie To **stoop down to untie** someone's sandals and then to wash his feet was the job of a slave or the lowest servant in a household. John said that he was lower than this servant in order to show how great Jesus is. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can add some explanation. Alternate translation: “and I am not even worthy to serve him as a slave by stooping down to untie his sandals” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) +MRK 1 7 g8fw figs-explicit κύψας λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ 1 of whom the strap of his sandals I am not worthy to stoop down to untie Untying the straps of sandals was a duty of a slave. John is saying implicitly that the one who is coming will be so great that he is not even worthy to be his slave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not even worthy to be his slave” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) MRK 1 8 e4qi figs-metaphor αὐτὸς δὲ βαπτίσει ὑμᾶς ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 but he will baptize you with the Holy Spirit This metaphor compares John’s baptism with water to the baptism with the Holy Spirit that Jesus will give. The point of the comparison is how people are made clean from sin. John baptized people to show that they wanted to be cleansed of their sin, and Jesus will enable them to be fully cleansed of sin by the Holy Spirit. If possible, use the same word for **baptize** here as you used for John’s baptism to keep the comparison between the two. If this is not possible, you could use a simile or plain language. Alternate translation: “but he will join you to the Holy Spirit” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) MRK 1 8 r1j9 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, baptism by water and baptism by the Holy Spirit are being contrasted. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) MRK 1 9 u65k writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 it happened that in those days **And it happened that in those days** marks the beginning of a new event in the story line. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) From 666b903fdf6fcd05496fb574fc9df77caa04d1ea Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Mon, 30 May 2022 11:29:19 -0400 Subject: [PATCH 27/27] Fixed format of Mark 1-8 --- en_tn_42-MRK.tsv | 126 +++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------ 1 file changed, 63 insertions(+), 63 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 3c97c10e56..f93139a5ee 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -5,11 +5,11 @@ MRK 1 1 kpq1 writing-newevent ἀρχὴ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Ἰησο MRK 1 1 i3bc guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God **Son of God** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. If this would be misunderstood, you could use the alternate translation: “who is God’s Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MRK 1 2 fc4t figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ 1 If it would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an active form. Alternate translation: “Just as Isaiah the prophet wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 1 2 e3by writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “Just as it is written in Isaiah the prophet, where it says” or “Just as it is written in Isaiah the prophet—he wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -MRK 1 2 z8b7 figs-ellipsis ἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ 1 "Mark is leaving out some of the words that this sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words. Alternate translation: “in the scroll of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+MRK 1 2 z8b7 figs-ellipsis ἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ 1 Mark is leaving out some of the words that this sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words. Alternate translation: “in the scroll of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 1 2 dglq translate-names Ἠσαΐᾳ 1 **Isaiah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 1 2 gu7i figs-idiom πρὸ προσώπου σου 1 before your face **before your face** is an idiom which means that “the messenger” was sent first, and then the second person came after them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify. Alternate Translation: “first” or “before you”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 1 2 fsqn figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 The term **behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” in this case “seeing” figuratively means giving notice and attention. Alternate translation: “Pay attention!” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) -MRK 1 2 s28q figs-yousingular προσώπου σου…τὴν ὁδόν σου 1 your face … your way Here, both of the words **your** refer to Jesus and are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +MRK 1 2 s28q figs-yousingular προσώπου σου…τὴν ὁδόν σου 1 your face … your way Here, both of the words **your** refer to Jesus and are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) MRK 1 2 kl12 figs-metaphor ὃς κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου 1 will prepare your way That the messenger **will prepare your way** represents preparing the people for the Lord’s arrival. If this would be misunderstood your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will prepare the people for your arrival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 1 3 lkm3 writing-quotations φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, 1 The voice of one crying out in the wilderness Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “The voice of someone crying out in the wilderness is heard, saying:” or “They hear the sound of someone calling out in the wilderness, saying:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) MRK 1 3 dqi9 figs-quotesinquotes φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 Here there is a direct quotation inside a direct quotation as Mark quotes Isaiah who quotes the messenger. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “a voice crying out in the wilderness, telling people to make ready the way of the Lord and to make his paths straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) @@ -18,21 +18,21 @@ MRK 1 3 v3n3 figs-parallelism ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρί MRK 1 3 peh5 figs-metaphor ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make ready the way of the Lord Isaiah uses a metaphor here of preparing **paths** or **the way** that someone will travel on. If someone prepares a path for another, they make the path walkable. If someone in high authority were coming, they would make sure the roads were clear from any hazards. So this metaphor means that the people should prepare themselves to receive the Lord’s message when he comes. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or use plain speech. Alternate translation: “Prepare to hear and obey the Lord’s message when he comes” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) MRK 1 3 yyk3 figs-extrainfo Κυρίου 1 In this quote from Isaiah, **the Lord** refers to God, but Mark is showing how it also refers to Jesus the Messiah. However, do not translate this as “Jesus” here, because this double reference must be maintained. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo) MRK 1 3 h8rt figs-idiom ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν 1 The imagery of paths or **the way** is figuratively used here to indicate that John will prepare the people to listen to the Lord’s message. If someone prepares a path for another, they make the path walkable. If someone in high authority was coming, they would make sure the roads were clear from any hazards. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can use an alternate translation: “Prepare the people for the arrival of the Lord ” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom) -MRK 1 3 wltl figs-idiom ἑτοιμάσατε…ποιεῖτε
1 These words are both plural, addressing people in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +MRK 1 3 wltl figs-idiom ἑτοιμάσατε…ποιεῖτε 1 These words are both plural, addressing people in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) MRK 1 4 di1o translate-names Ἰωάννης 1 **John** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 1 4 s05n figs-explicit καὶ κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 The **baptism of repentance** proclaimed by John likely has its origin in baptisms which gentiles did who were converting to Judaism. This baptism was done one time, and showed that these people were converting from their former way of life to the new way of life. If this would be misunderstood, you can state it explicitly. Alternate Translation: “and preaching that he must baptize them to show that they have turned from their former evil ways, accepted God's forgiveness for their sins, and were now following God” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) -MRK 1 4 dtqv figs-explicit καὶ κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν
1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **repentance**, **forgiveness**, and **sins**, you could express those ideas with verbs. Alternate translation: “and preaching that he must baptize them to show that they have repented of their former evil way of living and that God has forgiven them for sinning against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -MRK 1 5 u9yg figs-synecdoche πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα 1 the whole region of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem The word **region of Judea** is used here to refer to the people living within Judea. Alternate translation: “the people from Judea and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MRK 1 4 s05n figs-explicit καὶ κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 The **baptism of repentance** proclaimed by John likely has its origin in baptisms which gentiles did who were converting to Judaism. This baptism was done one time, and showed that these people were converting from their former way of life to the new way of life. If this would be misunderstood, you can state it explicitly. Alternate Translation: “and preaching that he must baptize them to show that they have turned from their former evil ways, accepted God’s forgiveness for their sins, and were now following God” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) +MRK 1 4 dtqv figs-explicit καὶ κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **repentance**, **forgiveness**, and **sins**, you could express those ideas with verbs. Alternate translation: “and preaching that he must baptize them to show that they have repented of their former evil way of living and that God has forgiven them for sinning against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MRK 1 5 u9yg figs-synecdoche πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα 1 the whole region of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem The word **region of Judea** is used here to refer to the people living within Judea. Alternate translation: “the people from Judea and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MRK 1 5 cf75 figs-hyperbole πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα καὶ οἱ Ἱεροσολυμεῖται πάντες 1 the whole region of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem Here, **the whole region** and **all the people** are generalizations that refers to a great number of people, not to every single person. Alternate translation: “many people from Judea and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) MRK 1 5 h8h7 figs-activepassive καὶ ἐβαπτίζοντο ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ ποταμῷ, ἐξομολογούμενοι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν 1 were baptized by him in the Jordan River, confessing their sins If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and he was baptizing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 1 6 n3rk writing-background καὶ ἦν ὁ Ἰωάννης ἐνδεδυμένος τρίχας καμήλου, καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσθων ἀκρίδας καὶ μέλι ἄγριον. 1 This verse helps provide background to John. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -MRK 1 6 j141 figs-explicit ἦν ὁ Ἰωάννης ἐνδεδυμένος τρίχας καμήλου 1 The camels' hair that John wore had been made into clothing. This would have been a rough, coarse material. If that would not be understood by your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “John wore rough clothing woven from camel's hair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 1 6 j141 figs-explicit ἦν ὁ Ἰωάννης ἐνδεδυμένος τρίχας καμήλου 1 The camels’ hair that John wore had been made into clothing. This would have been a rough, coarse material. If that would not be understood by your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “John wore rough clothing woven from camel’s hair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 1 6 h518 translate-unknown καμήλου 1 If your readers would not know what a **camel** is, you could include a description in a footnote or use a more general term. Alternate translation: “animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -MRK 1 6 jpzh translate-unknown ἀκρίδας
1 If your readers would not know what **locusts** are, you could include a description in a footnote or use a more general term. Alternate translation: “grasshoppers” or “insects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -MRK 1 7 p7tl writing-quotations ἐκήρυσσεν λέγων
1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “he announced loudly to the people” or “he proclaimed these things:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +MRK 1 6 jpzh translate-unknown ἀκρίδας 1 If your readers would not know what **locusts** are, you could include a description in a footnote or use a more general term. Alternate translation: “grasshoppers” or “insects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +MRK 1 7 p7tl writing-quotations ἐκήρυσσεν λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “he announced loudly to the people” or “he proclaimed these things:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) MRK 1 7 l7jd writing-pronouns ἐκήρυσσεν 1 he was proclaiming The pronoun **He** is referring to John. Alternate translation: “John was proclaiming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -MRK 1 7 bk1j writing-pronouns ἔρχεται…ὀπίσω μου
1 Here, **coming after me** means that this mightier person would come at a later time than John came. It does not mean that he is behind John, chasing John, or a disciple of John. -MRK 1 7 g8fw figs-explicit κύψας λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ 1 of whom the strap of his sandals I am not worthy to stoop down to untie Untying the straps of sandals was a duty of a slave. John is saying implicitly that the one who is coming will be so great that he is not even worthy to be his slave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not even worthy to be his slave” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) +MRK 1 7 bk1j writing-pronouns ἔρχεται…ὀπίσω μου 1 Here, **coming after me** means that this mightier person would come at a later time than John came. It does not mean that he is behind John, chasing John, or a disciple of John. +MRK 1 7 g8fw figs-explicit κύψας λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ 1 of whom the strap of his sandals I am not worthy to stoop down to untie Untying the straps of sandals was a duty of a slave. John is saying implicitly that the one who is coming will be so great that he is not even worthy to be his slave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not even worthy to be his slave” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) MRK 1 8 e4qi figs-metaphor αὐτὸς δὲ βαπτίσει ὑμᾶς ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 but he will baptize you with the Holy Spirit This metaphor compares John’s baptism with water to the baptism with the Holy Spirit that Jesus will give. The point of the comparison is how people are made clean from sin. John baptized people to show that they wanted to be cleansed of their sin, and Jesus will enable them to be fully cleansed of sin by the Holy Spirit. If possible, use the same word for **baptize** here as you used for John’s baptism to keep the comparison between the two. If this is not possible, you could use a simile or plain language. Alternate translation: “but he will join you to the Holy Spirit” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) MRK 1 8 r1j9 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, baptism by water and baptism by the Holy Spirit are being contrasted. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) MRK 1 9 u65k writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 it happened that in those days **And it happened that in those days** marks the beginning of a new event in the story line. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) @@ -48,17 +48,17 @@ MRK 1 12 mh8n εὐθὺς 1 See how you translated the word **immediately** i MRK 1 12 yv6v τὸ Πνεῦμα αὐτὸν ἐκβάλλει εἰς τὴν ἔρημον 1 Connecting Statement: Alternate translation: “The Spirit led Jesus into the wilderness” MRK 1 13 k2kt translate-numbers πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “while Satan tempted him” or “during which Satan kept trying to persuade him to disobey God” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive) MRK 1 13 siu3 ἦν μετὰ τῶν θηρίων 1 he was with Alternate Translation: “Jesus was living among the wild animals” -MRK 1 13 sojp figs-explicit οἱ ἄγγελοι διηκόνουν αὐτῷ. 1 Comparing this account with the one in Matthew 4:1-11, we see that Mark is only listing a brief summary of the events here. So the phrase **the angels were serving him** could mean: (1) the angels were taking care of Jesus during this time to keep him safe or (2) The angels came to give him food and water at the end of the 40 days. -MRK 1 14 q12s figs-activepassive μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 after John was arrested If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after the governor Herod had John arrested” or “after Herod's soldiers arrested John” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive) -MRK 1 14 o4oh figs-extrainfo μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 The governor Herod Antipas had John arrested and put into prison because John continually rebuked Herod Antipas for his sins. See [6:14-29](../06/14-29.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could put this information in a footnote. -MRK 1 14 tmh9 grammar-connect-time-background μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 This phrase provides background information that sets the time period for Jesus' ministry. Jesus did not begin his ministry until John had been arrested. Use the natural form in your language for expressing this information. Alternate translation: “Later, John was arrested. After that” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background) -MRK 1 14 ys3b figs-activepassive ἦλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 "Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Also, it might be more natural to indicate that Jesus was returning to Galilee. Alternate translation: “Jesus went back to Galilee” or “Jesus returned to Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
+MRK 1 13 sojp figs-explicit οἱ ἄγγελοι διηκόνουν αὐτῷ. 1 Comparing this account with the one in Matthew 4:1-11, we see that Mark is only listing a brief summary of the events here. So the phrase **the angels were serving him** could mean: (1) the angels were taking care of Jesus during this time to keep him safe or (2) The angels came to give him food and water at the end of the 40 days. +MRK 1 14 q12s figs-activepassive μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 after John was arrested If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after the governor Herod had John arrested” or “after Herod’s soldiers arrested John” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive) +MRK 1 14 o4oh figs-extrainfo μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 The governor Herod Antipas had John arrested and put into prison because John continually rebuked Herod Antipas for his sins. See [6:14-29](../06/14-29.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could put this information in a footnote. +MRK 1 14 tmh9 grammar-connect-time-background μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 This phrase provides background information that sets the time period for Jesus’ ministry. Jesus did not begin his ministry until John had been arrested. Use the natural form in your language for expressing this information. Alternate translation: “Later, John was arrested. After that” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background) +MRK 1 14 ys3b figs-activepassive ἦλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Also, it might be more natural to indicate that Jesus was returning to Galilee. Alternate translation: “Jesus went back to Galilee” or “Jesus returned to Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 1 14 ns6b κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 proclaiming the gospel Alternate Translation: “telling the people there about the good news” MRK 1 15 fzq5 figs-idiom πεπλήρωται ὁ καιρὸς καὶ ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The phrase **the time has been fulfilled** is an idiom that means that something which God said would happen has finally happened. Often, this refers to prophecy of the Old Testament being fulfilled in the New Testament. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can state this plainly. Alternate tra nslation: “God said that his rule would come near, and now it has” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom) MRK 1 15 rhom writing-quotations καὶ λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and this is what he said” or “giving this message:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) MRK 1 15 quab figs-activepassive πεπλήρωται ὁ καιρὸς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The time has come” or “What God promised is now happening” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive) -MRK 1 15 yo11 figs-activepassive 1 The phrase **has come near** could mean: (1) has begun. Alternate translation: “God is now creating his kingdom among you” or (2) will soon begin. Alternate translation: “God will soon bring people into his kingdom” -MRK 1 16 kgzb figs-explicit Σίμωνα καὶ Ἀνδρέαν 1 The phrase **has come near** could mean: (1) has begun. Alternate translation: “God is now creating his kingdom among you” or (2) will soon begin. Alternate translation: “God will soon bring people into his kingdom” +MRK 1 15 yo11 figs-activepassive 1 The phrase **has come near** could mean: (1) has begun. Alternate translation: “God is now creating his kingdom among you” or (2) will soon begin. Alternate translation: “God will soon bring people into his kingdom” +MRK 1 16 kgzb figs-explicit Σίμωνα καὶ Ἀνδρέαν 1 The phrase **has come near** could mean: (1) has begun. Alternate translation: “God is now creating his kingdom among you” or (2) will soon begin. Alternate translation: “God will soon bring people into his kingdom” MRK 1 16 z3j9 figs-explicit ἀμφιβάλλοντας ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ 1 casting a net into the sea The purpose of throwing the net was to catch fish in it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “throwing a net into the water to catch fish” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) MRK 1 16 xor6 grammar-connect-logic-result ἦσαν γὰρ ἁλιεῖς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. You may also wish to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Because they were fishermen, they were casting a net into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) MRK 1 17 zui3 figs-idiom δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου 1 Come after me **Come after me** is an idiom which means to become a disciple of someone. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Join the group of my followers” or “Become my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ MRK 1 17 mlc6 figs-metaphor ποιήσω ὑμᾶς γενέσθαι ἁλιε MRK 1 17 i2sr figs-metaphor ἀνθρώπων 1 **men** here refers not just to men, but to people in general. Alternate Translation: “of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) MRK 1 18 tnuc grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ εὐθέως 1 See note on [1:10](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) MRK 1 18 gvia grammar-connect-time-sequential ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ 1 Here, **they followed him** means that they went with Jesus and intended to remain with him as his disciples. Make sure that you use a phrase that does not imply that they followed him with any evil intention or followed far behind him. Alternate translation: “they walked away with Jesus to learn from him” -MRK 1 19 xl2m figs-explicit καταρτίζοντας τὰ δίκτυα 1 were in the boat mending the nets Here, **preparing** refers to making something ready to use. Since a net is made of ropes, this probably meant mending or tying it together. Alternate translation: “mending their nets” +MRK 1 19 xl2m figs-explicit καταρτίζοντας τὰ δίκτυα 1 were in the boat mending the nets Here, **preparing** refers to making something ready to use. Since a net is made of ropes, this probably meant mending or tying it together. Alternate translation: “mending their nets” MRK 1 20 zjz5 figs-explicit ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς 1 having called them If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what Jesus **called** James and John to do. Alternate translation: “having called them to come with him” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) MRK 1 20 f77b figs-explicit ἀπῆλθον ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **they** refers to James and John. It does not refer to the servants, who stayed in the boat. If this is not clear in your language, you can state it more clearly. Alternate translation: “James and John followed Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) MRK 1 20 b2ci ἀπῆλθον ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ 1 they went after him The phrase, **they went away after him** means the same as “they followed him” in [verse 18](../01/18.md). Alternate translation: “James and John followed Jesus” @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ MRK 1 23 w7z2 figs-explicit καὶ εὐθὺς ἦν ἐν τῇ συναγω MRK 1 24 ra8g figs-rquestion τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Ἰησοῦ Ναζαρηνέ? 1 What to us and to you, Jesus of Nazareth? The demons ask this rhetorical question meaning there is no reason for Jesus to interfere with them and that they desire him to leave them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Jesus of Nazareth, leave us alone! There is no reason for you to interfere with us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 1 24 qsig figs-explicit ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς 1 **us** here refers to many spirits. Often times in the biblical passages about evil spirits, there are multiple spirits controlling one person (Mark 5:1-20). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Have you come to destroy all of us evil spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 1 24 m8gz figs-rquestion ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς 1 Have you come to destroy us? The demons ask this rhetorical question to urge Jesus not to harm them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Do not destroy us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MRK 1 28 hrbh figs-metaphor καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εὐθὺς, πανταχοῦ εἰς ὅλην τὴν περίχωρον τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 This is is a metaphor which means that the story of what just happened in the synagogue spread from person to person until many heard about it in the region of Galilee. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “The story about Jesus quickly spread from person to person throughout the entire region of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MRK 1 28 hrbh figs-metaphor καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εὐθὺς, πανταχοῦ εἰς ὅλην τὴν περίχωρον τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 This is is a metaphor which means that the story of what just happened in the synagogue spread from person to person until many heard about it in the region of Galilee. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “The story about Jesus quickly spread from person to person throughout the entire region of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 1 29 ybs7 ἦλθον 1 Connecting Statement: Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “They went to the house of Simon and Andrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 1 30 bvvl writing-background ἡ…πενθερὰ Σίμωνος κατέκειτο πυρέσσουσα 1 the mother-in-law of Simon was lying down, being sick with a fever This phrase gives background information about Peter’s mother-in-law. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 1 30 vnp5 translate-unknown πυρέσσουσα 1 A **fever** is an illness which causes the temperature of the body to increase. This results in the need to lie down in bed and rest as Peter’s mother-in-law was doing. If your reader would not be familiar with this, you could use a general expression. Alternate Translation: “being sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ MRK 1 38 plm9 figs-exclusive ἄγωμεν ἀλλαχοῦ 1 We may go elsewher MRK 1 38 z53z figs-extrainfo εἰς τὰς ἐχομένας κωμοπόλεις 1 Which towns the **surrounding towns** are is clarifed in the following passages. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) MRK 1 39 lb9t grammar-connect-time-simultaneous κηρύσσων, εἰς τὰς συναγωγὰς αὐτῶν εἰς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, καὶ τὰ δαιμόνια ἐκβάλλων 1 Jesus’ was both **preaching** and **casting out demons**. Jesus was not necessarily doing these in any order. Use the appropriate connecting word or phrase to show that Jesus was doing both of these things together. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous) MRK 1 39 zs4i figs-hyperbole ἦλθεν…εἰς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 He went in all of Galilee The words **in all** are an exaggeration used to emphasize that Jesus went to many locations during his ministry. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that conveys this idea. Alternate translation: “He went to many places in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -MRK 1 41 l9jg figs-idiom σπλαγχνισθεὶς 1 having been moved with compassion Here, the word **moved** is an idiom meaning to feel emotion about another person’s need. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Jesus, having felt compassion for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MRK 1 41 l9jg figs-idiom σπλαγχνισθεὶς 1 having been moved with compassion Here, the word **moved** is an idiom meaning to feel emotion about another person’s need. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Jesus, having felt compassion for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 1 41 flc0 figs-idiom σπλαγχνισθεὶς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **compassion** in another way. Alternate translation: “Jesus felt compassionate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 1 41 qjz4 figs-ellipsis θέλω 1 I am willing If **I am willing** would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply what Jesus is willing to do from the context. Alternate translation: “I am willing to make you clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 1 43 iw7t 0 General Information: The word **him** used here refers to the leper whom Jesus healed. @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ MRK 2 1 j6pa grammar-connect-time-background καὶ εἰσελθὼν πάλι MRK 2 1 afvi figs-explicit ἐν οἴκῳ ἐστίν 1 There is some debate over whose **house** this is. It could possibly be (1) Peter’s house. Peter’s house functioned as the place where Jesus always returned to when we was in the town of Capernaum. Alternate translation: “He was in Peter’s house” or (2) you could leave it generic, and not specify whose house it was. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 2 3 s21g translate-unknown παραλυτικὸν 1 A paralytic is someone who is not able to completely use their body. Sometimes they just can’t use their legs, but sometimes they can’t use anything. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) MRK 2 4 v6ma translate-unknown ἀπεστέγασαν τὴν στέγην ὅπου ἦν, καὶ ἐξορύξαντες, χαλῶσι 1 they removed the roof where he was, and having made an opening, they lowered Houses where Jesus lived had flat roofs made of clay and covered with tiles. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they removed the tiles from the part of the roof above where Jesus was. And when they had dug through the clay roof, they lowered” or “they made a hole in the roof above where Jesus was, and then they lowered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -MRK 2 4 ouxr translate-unknown κράβαττον 1 A mat was a portable bed that could also be used to transport a person. Think of something in your culture that you might carry an injured person on to get them medical attention. Alternate translation: “a stretcher” or “a cot” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown) +MRK 2 4 ouxr translate-unknown κράβαττον 1 A mat was a portable bed that could also be used to transport a person. Think of something in your culture that you might carry an injured person on to get them medical attention. Alternate translation: “a stretcher” or “a cot” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown) MRK 2 5 trg9 figs-explicit ἰδὼν…τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν 1 having seen their faith **having seen the men’s faith** could mean: (1) only the men who carried the paralyzed man had **faith**. (2) the paralyzed man and the men who brought him to Jesus all had **faith**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 2 5 hzg6 translate-kinship τέκνον 1 Child The word **Child** here shows Jesus cared for the man as a father cares for a son. This man was not actually Jesus’ son. If your language has a term like this, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “Beloved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) MRK 2 6 le6v figs-metonymy διαλογιζόμενοι ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 reasoning in their hearts Here, **hearts** is a metonym for the people’s thoughts. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “were thinking to themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ MRK 2 8 h3zp figs-explicit ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πνεύ MRK 2 8 wga7 figs-rquestion τί ταῦτα διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν? 1 Why are you thinking these things in your hearts? Jesus uses this question to tell the scribes that what they are thinking is wrong. It also shows that He knows what they are thinking without them saying it out loud. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “What you are thinking is wrong.” or “Do not think that I am blaspheming.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 2 8 s3m6 figs-metonymy ταῦτα…ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 these things in your hearts The word **hearts** is a metonym for their inner thoughts and desires. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “this inside yourselves” or “these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 2 9 wv5d figs-rquestion τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν τῷ παραλυτικῷ, ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου καὶ περιπάτει? 1 Which is easier to say to the paralyzed man, ‘Your sins have been forgiven’ or to say ‘Get up and take up your bed, and walk’? Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive sins. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I just said to the paralyzed man, ‘Your sins are forgiven.’ You may think that it is harder to say ‘Get up, take up your bed, and walk,’ because the proof of whether or not I can heal him will be shown by whether or not he gets up and walks.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MRK 2 10 g4jn εἰδῆτε 1 But in order that you may know The word **you** refers to the scribes and the crowd. If this would be misunderstood, you can state this explicitly. +MRK 2 10 g4jn εἰδῆτε 1 But in order that you may know The word **you** refers to the scribes and the crowd. If this would be misunderstood, you can state this explicitly. MRK 2 10 jw9z figs-123person ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 that the Son of Man has authority Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man.” If this is confusing in your language, you can use the second person and convey the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “that I am the Son of Man and I have authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) MRK 2 12 ki94 ἔμπροσθεν πάντων 1 in front of everyone Alternate translation: “in the presence of everyone in the house” MRK 2 13 ma6f grammar-connect-time-background καὶ ἐξῆλθεν πάλιν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ ἐδίδασκεν αὐτούς 1 Connecting Statement: This phrase acts as background information to tell the reader where the next event is taking place. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) @@ -130,11 +130,11 @@ MRK 2 16 rwu1 figs-rquestion οἱ γραμματεῖς τῶν Φαρισαί MRK 2 16 b1bi figs-rquestion ὅτι μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει? 1 Why is he eating with the tax collectors and sinners? The scribes and Pharisees asked this question to show they disapproved of Jesus’ hospitality to tax collectors and sinners. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He should not eat with sinners and tax collectors!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 2 17 ak1u writing-proverbs οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 The ones being healthy do not have need of a physician, but the ones having sickness Jesus used this proverb about sick people and doctors to teach them that only people who know that they are sinful realize that they need Jesus. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) MRK 2 17 c62j figs-irony οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες. οὐκ ἦλθον καλέσαι δικαίους, ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς 1 **Those who are sick** are equated with those who are wanting to be saved by Jesus. The **healthy** are equated with those who do not think they need Jesus. Jesus does not actually think those who do not want him are healthy, but the opposite. He says this because those people think they are healthy in their own eyes and do not need Jesus. If this would be confusing in your language, you be more explicit. Alternate translation: “Those who suppose themselves to be healthy do not need a doctor. It is those who know that they are sick who need a doctor”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) -MRK 2 17 lh4l figs-ellipsis οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 The words **have a need of a physician** are assumed in the second phrase. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: Those who are healthy do not need a doctor, but those whoa re sick need a doctor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 2 17 ca4e figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἦλθον καλέσαι…ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς 1 but sinners The words **I came...to call** are understood from the phrase before this. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I came to call sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MRK 2 17 lh4l figs-ellipsis οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 The words **have a need of a physician** are assumed in the second phrase. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: Those who are healthy do not need a doctor, but those whoa re sick need a doctor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MRK 2 17 ca4e figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἦλθον καλέσαι…ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς 1 but sinners The words **I came...to call** are understood from the phrase before this. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I came to call sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 2 18 z394 ἔρχονται 1 they are coming **They came** refers to an unknown group of people. It is best to leave this unknown, as it is not clear who is being talked about here. Alternate translation: “A group of unknown men came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) MRK 2 18 j1h2 figs-explicit καὶ ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύοντες 1 This fast is likely referring to the fast which the religious leaders performed twice per week. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “Now, the students of John and the Pharisees were performing their bi-weekly fast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 2 18 y7bm figs-explicit καὶ ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύοντες. 1 This phrase provides background information. The author is telling us this to help us to understand why Jesus was being asked this question. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now, it happened at the time when the students of John the Baptizer and the Pharisees were fasting.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +MRK 2 18 y7bm figs-explicit καὶ ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύοντες. 1 This phrase provides background information. The author is telling us this to help us to understand why Jesus was being asked this question. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now, it happened at the time when the students of John the Baptizer and the Pharisees were fasting.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 2 19 eke3 figs-rquestion μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν νηστεύειν? 1 The sons of the wedding chamber are not able to fast while the bridegroom is still with them, are they? Jesus uses this question to remind the people of something they already know and to encourage them to apply it to him and his disciples. Alternate translation: “Wedding attendants do not fast while the bridegroom is with them. Rather they celebrate and feast.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 2 19 tiiz figs-extrainfo μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν νηστεύειν? 1 It is best to keep this verse the way it is. Do not clarify that it is about Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) MRK 2 20 vg2u figs-activepassive ἀπαρθῇ…ὁ νυμφίος 1 the bridegroom may be taken away If it would be more natural in your language, you could say **the bridegroom may be taken away** with an active form. Alternate translation: “the bridegroom will leave his friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -143,26 +143,26 @@ MRK 2 21 v6xc figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγ MRK 2 21 vdza figs-parables οὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπιράπτει ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον παλαιόν; εἰ δὲ μή αἴρει τὸ πλήρωμα ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ, τὸ καινὸν τοῦ παλαιοῦ, καὶ χεῖρον σχίσμα γίνεται. 1 This verse is a parable, as well as verse 22. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) MRK 2 22 fk15 figs-explicit ἀσκοὺς 1 wineskins These were bags made out of animal skins where wine was stored. If they were old and used, and someone put new wine in them, they would tear. This would happen because the wine expands as it sits for a long time and the old wine skins could no longer stretch with the wine. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) MRK 2 22 dgcz figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινούς 1 In this phrase, it is assumed that **new wine** is being poured **into fresh wineskins**. If this would be confusing in your language, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “But you should pour new wine into new wineskins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 2 23 jya1 figs-explicit τίλλοντες τοὺς στάχυας 1 picking the heads of grain Plucking grain in others’ fields and eating it was not considered stealing. It was actually a commandment of the Law to leave the grain on the edges of your field standing so that those who were hungry could eat it. The question was whether it was lawful to do this on the Sabbath. If this would be misunderstood In your culture, you can clarify. Alternate translation: plucking heads of grain, as the Law permitted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 2 23 jya1 figs-explicit τίλλοντες τοὺς στάχυας 1 picking the heads of grain Plucking grain in others’ fields and eating it was not considered stealing. It was actually a commandment of the Law to leave the grain on the edges of your field standing so that those who were hungry could eat it. The question was whether it was lawful to do this on the Sabbath. If this would be misunderstood In your culture, you can clarify. Alternate translation: plucking heads of grain, as the Law permitted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 2 23 k3pa figs-explicit τοὺς στάχυας 1 the heads of grain The **heads** are the topmost part of the wheat plant, which is a kind of tall grass. The heads hold the mature grain or seeds of the plant. The disciples were **picking the heads of grain** to eat the kernels, or seeds, in them. This can be worded to show the full meaning. Alternate translation: “picking heads of grain and eating the seeds”. If this would be misunderstood in your language, think of a type of food that you have to remove from a shell or casing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 2 24 h41a figs-rquestion ἴδε, τί ποιοῦσιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν? 1 Look, why are they doing what is not lawful on the Sabbaths? The Pharisees ask Jesus a question to condemn him. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Look! They are breaking the Jewish law concerning the Sabbaths.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 2 24 bf8w figs-exclamations ἴδε 1 Look “Look at this” or “Listen.” This is a word used to get the attention of someone to show them something. If there is a word in your language that is used to draw a person’s attention to something, you could use that here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) MRK 2 25 g8sf figs-rquestion οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ 1 Have you never read what David did You can state this (1) as a command. Alternate translation: “Remember what you read about what David did” or (2) as a statement. Alternate translation: “you have read that David did the same thing when he and those with him were hungry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 2 25 r14d figs-explicit οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ 1 Have you never read what David did Jesus refers to reading about David in the Old Testament. You can translate this showing the implicit information. Alternate translation: “Have you not read in the scriptures what David did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 2 25 cjzx figs-doublet ὅτε χρείαν ἔσχεν καὶ ἐπείνασεν 1 **had need** and **hungry** are two words that being used to express the same idea. If it would be misunderstood in your language, you can combine the two words in your translation. Alternate translation: “When he was in need of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -MRK 2 26 y57j figs-explicit τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως 1 the bread of the presence This refers to the 12 loaves of **bread** that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God during Old Testament times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 2 26 y57j figs-explicit τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως 1 the bread of the presence This refers to the 12 loaves of **bread** that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God during Old Testament times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 2 26 wz3g figs-metaphor εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus is figuratively describing the tabernacle as the house of God. He is speaking as if it were the place where God lived, since God’s presence was there. Alternate translation: “David went into the tabernacle” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) MRK 2 27 i374 figs-activepassive τὸ Σάββατον διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐγένετο 1 The Sabbath was made for man Jesus makes clear why God established the Sabbath. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God made the Sabbath for mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 2 27 u83s figs-gendernotations τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 man **man** is a word which refers to both men and women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) MRK 2 27 v3mb figs-genericnoun τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 **man** is a generic noun. It does not refer to any specific person, but to mankind as a whole. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) MRK 2 27 s2yd figs-ellipsis οὐχ ὁ ἄνθρωπος διὰ τὸ Σάββατον 1 not man for the Sabbath The words **was made** are understood from the previous phrase. They can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “man was not made for the Sabbath” or “God did not make man for the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MRK 2 28 wgwu 1 Son of Man is a common title given to Jesus. See the introduction to the book for a detailed explanation of the title. -MRK 2 28 pwb5 1 There are two major interpretations of this passage. (1) Many think that Jesus is here appealing to his heavenly authority to speak about the Sabbath day to the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “Therefore, I, the Son of Man, am Lord of the Sabbath.” (2) **son of man** is a popular title used in the Old Testament to refer to a human being. Jesus could be saying (functioning as the conclusion to the previous verse) that mankind has authority over the Sabbath, and that the Sabbath does not have authority over mankind. Alternate translation: “Therefore, mankind has authority over the Sabbath”. +MRK 2 28 wgwu 1 Son of Man is a common title given to Jesus. See the introduction to the book for a detailed explanation of the title. +MRK 2 28 pwb5 1 There are two major interpretations of this passage. (1) Many think that Jesus is here appealing to his heavenly authority to speak about the Sabbath day to the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “Therefore, I, the Son of Man, am Lord of the Sabbath.” (2) **son of man** is a popular title used in the Old Testament to refer to a human being. Jesus could be saying (functioning as the conclusion to the previous verse) that mankind has authority over the Sabbath, and that the Sabbath does not have authority over mankind. Alternate translation: “Therefore, mankind has authority over the Sabbath”. MRK 3 intro x969 0 # Mark 3 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Sabbath\n\nIt was against the law of Moses to do work on the Sabbath. The Pharisees believed healing a sick person on the Sabbath was “work,” so they said that Jesus did wrong when he healed a person on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”\n\nNo one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### The twelve disciples\n\nThe following are the lists of the twelve disciples:\n\nIn Matthew:\n\nSimon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.\n\nIn Mark:\n\nSimon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.\n\nIn Luke:\n\nSimon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.\n\nThaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.\n\n### Brothers and Sisters\n\nMost people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### The Historic Present \n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 3, 13, 20, 31, 32, 33, and 34. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n\n -MRK 3 2 vr25 figs-explicit ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 so that they might accuse him If Jesus were to heal the man that day, the Pharisees would **accuse him** of breaking the law by the working on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “so that they could accuse him of wrongdoing” or “so that they could accuse him of breaking the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 3 2 q35x grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 This phrase tells the reader why the Pharisees were watching Jesus. Alternate translation: “They were doing this so that they could accuse him of working on the jewish rest day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -MRK 3 3 nm6w ἔγειρε εἰς τὸ μέσον 1 in our midst **midst** here is referring to the group people who were gathered inside of the synagogue. If this would be confusing in your language, you can be explicit. Alternate translation: “Stand up in front of all of those meeting here” -MRK 3 4 mh3z figs-rquestion ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι? 1 Is it lawful on the Sabbaths to do good, or to do harm; to save a life, or to kill? Jesus said this to challenge them. He wanted them to acknowledge that it is **lawful** to obey God and do good on the Sabbath. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you may state these questions as sentences. Alternate translation: “It is allowed for people to do good on the sabbath, but not to do evil. Likewise it is allowed to save someone on the sabbath, but not to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MRK 3 2 vr25 figs-explicit ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 so that they might accuse him If Jesus were to heal the man that day, the Pharisees would **accuse him** of breaking the law by the working on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “so that they could accuse him of wrongdoing” or “so that they could accuse him of breaking the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 3 2 q35x grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 This phrase tells the reader why the Pharisees were watching Jesus. Alternate translation: “They were doing this so that they could accuse him of working on the jewish rest day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +MRK 3 3 nm6w ἔγειρε εἰς τὸ μέσον 1 in our midst **midst** here is referring to the group people who were gathered inside of the synagogue. If this would be confusing in your language, you can be explicit. Alternate translation: “Stand up in front of all of those meeting here” +MRK 3 4 mh3z figs-rquestion ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι? 1 Is it lawful on the Sabbaths to do good, or to do harm; to save a life, or to kill? Jesus said this to challenge them. He wanted them to acknowledge that it is **lawful** to obey God and do good on the Sabbath. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you may state these questions as sentences. Alternate translation: “It is allowed for people to do good on the sabbath, but not to do evil. Likewise it is allowed to save someone on the sabbath, but not to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 3 4 i71v figs-parallelism ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι 1 to do good, or to do harm … to save a life, or to kill **Do the laws that God gave Moses permit people to do good on the day of rest, or to do evil** and **Do the laws permit us to save a person’s life on the day of rest, or permit us to refuse to help a person and let them die** are similar in meaning, except that the second is more extreme. The two phrases are trying to make the same point. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) MRK 3 4 vz6c figs-ellipsis ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι 1 to save a life, or to kill The phrase **is it lawful** is assumed here. If this would be misunderstood, you may clarify and add it again for the second phrase. Alternate translation: “is it lawful to save a life, or is it lawful to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 3 4 nut4 figs-metonymy ψυχὴν 1 a life This refers to physical life and is a metonym for a person. Alternate translation: “someone from dying” or “someone’s life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ MRK 3 11 rpwx figs-explicit προσέπιπτον αὐτῷ καὶ ἔκρα MRK 3 11 xf41 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MRK 3 13 fatx figs-idiom ἀναβαίνει εἰς τὸ ὄρος 1 **he goes up on the mountain** does not refer to a specific mountain. This phrase is an idiom which means that Jesus traveled to the mountainous regions. If this would be misunderstood, you may state it explicitly. Alternate Translation: “Jesus went up into the mountainous regions” or “Jesus went up into area with many hills” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 3 16 ywli translate-textvariants καὶ ἐποίησεν τοὺς δώδεκα 1 Some manuscripts do not include the words **and he appointed the Twelve**. This is likely original, but some writers decided to leave it out because verse 14 has a similar phrase. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -MRK 3 16 ozli figs-nominaladj τοὺς δώδεκα 1 Luke is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +MRK 3 16 ozli figs-nominaladj τοὺς δώδεκα 1 Luke is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) MRK 3 16 i7tf translate-names καὶ ἐπέθηκεν ὄνομα τῷ Σίμωνι, Πέτρον 1 To Simon, also he added the name Peter **Simon** is the first man listed. All of the names listed here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 3 16 bt0f figs-explicit ἐπέθηκεν ὄνομα τῷ Σίμωνι, Πέτρον 1 In ancient times, people changed their names to show that they are changing something about them. Here, Jesus changes Peter’s name to show that Peter is now one of his followers. This also happens in the next verse. If this would be misunderstood, think of something in your language that people do to signify a major change in their lives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 3 17 n4gy translate-metaphor ὀνόματα Βοανηργές, ὅ ἐστιν υἱοὶ βροντῆς 1 the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder Jesus called them this because they were like **thunder**. Alternate translation: “the name Boanerges, which means men who are like thunder” or “the name Boanerges, which means thunder men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-metaphor]]) @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ MRK 4 4 si37 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ σπείρειν, ὃ μὲν ἔπεσε MRK 4 5 wuw2 καὶ ἄλλο ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὸ πετρῶδες 1 In this verse and in the following 4 verses, the word **other** is referring to seeds that fell in different areas as the sower was planting. If this would be misunderstood, see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 4 6 z2el figs-idiom ἀνέτειλεν ὁ ἥλιος 1 **the sun rose** is an idiom which means when the sun got to its highest and hottest point in the sky. If this would be misunderstood, you state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “when the hottest time of the day came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 4 6 ee49 figs-activepassive ἐκαυματίσθη 1 it was scorched If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “it scorched the plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 4 7 bw62 ἄλλο ἔπεσεν 1 choked it … it did not produce See the note on [4:5](../04/05.md) +MRK 4 7 bw62 ἄλλο ἔπεσεν 1 choked it … it did not produce See the note on [4:5](../04/05.md) MRK 4 8 v3sr figs-ellipsis αὐξανόμενα, καὶ ἔφερεν εἰς τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν 1 increasing and yielding one, 30, and one, 60, and one, 100 The amount of grain produced by each plant is being compared to the single seed from which it grew. Ellipsis is used here to shorten the phrases but they can be written out. Alternate translation: “Some plants bore 30 times as much grain, some produced 60 times as much grain, and some produced 100 times as much grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 4 8 u327 translate-numbers τριάκοντα…ἑξήκοντα…ἑκατόν 1 30 … 60 … 100 “thirty … sixty … a hundred.” These may be written as numerals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) MRK 4 9 p2us figs-metonymy ὃς ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 Whoever has ears to hear, let him hear The phrase **has ears** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Whoever is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ MRK 4 19 f4ip ἄκαρπος γίνεται 1 it becomes unfruitful **unfruitf MRK 4 20 axh1 figs-metaphor ἐκεῖνοί εἰσιν οἱ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τὴν καλὴν σπαρέντες 1 these are the ones sown in the good soil If your readers would not understand this metaphor, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “Some people represent the seeds which the farmer sowed upon the good soil. ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 4 20 d3r7 figs-ellipsis ἓν τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν 1 one, 30, and one, 60, and one, 100 This refers to the grain that the plants produce. Alternate translation: “some produce 30 grains, some produce 60 grains, and some produce 100 grains” or “some produce 30 times the grain that was sown, some produce 60 times the grain that was sown, and some produce 100 times the grain that was sown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 4 20 tdwj translate-numbers τριάκοντα…ἑξήκοντα…ἑκατόν 1 30 … 60 … 100 You can state the numbers as text. Alternate translation: “thirty … sixty … a hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -MRK 4 21 zzw7 αὐτοῖς 1 And he was saying to them **Them** could also possibly be referring to (1) the crowd. Alternate translation: “the crowd”. or (2) if you do not know, you can make it vague. Alternate translation: “them” +MRK 4 21 zzw7 αὐτοῖς 1 And he was saying to them **Them** could also possibly be referring to (1) the crowd. Alternate translation: “the crowd”. or (2) if you do not know, you can make it vague. Alternate translation: “them” MRK 4 21 nn7e figs-rquestion μήτι ἔρχεται ὁ λύχνος ἵνα ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον τεθῇ, ἢ ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην? 1 The lamp does not come in order to be put under a basket, or under the bed, does it? Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You certainly do not bring a light inside the house to put it under a basket, or under a bed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 4 21 dkq7 figs-rquestion ἵνα ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον τεθῇ, ἢ ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην 1 Mark mentions two household items here for the sake of emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) MRK 4 22 y5kn figs-litotes οὐ γάρ ἐστιν κρυπτὸν, ἐὰν μὴ ἵνα φανερωθῇ; οὐδὲ ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν 1 For nothing is hidden except so that it might be revealed, and nothing secret has happened except so that it might come to exposure You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “For everything that is hidden will be made known, and everything that is secret will come out into to open” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) @@ -262,17 +262,17 @@ MRK 4 23 k1a8 figs-metonymy εἴ τις ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀ MRK 4 24 r2r1 ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 he was saying to them See how you translated [4:21](../04/21.md) MRK 4 24 zis1 figs-metaphor ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε 1 In that measure you use This is a metaphor in which Jesus speaks of “understanding” as if it were “measuring.” If your readers would not understand, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “The one who thinks carefully about the things I have said, God will allow him to understand even more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MRK 4 24 c4xp figs-activepassive μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν, καὶ προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 it will be measured to you, and it will be added to you If it would be more natural in your language, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will measure that amount for you, and he will add it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 4 25 i24l figs-activepassive δοθήσεται αὐτῷ…ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτο 1 to him will be given … even what he has will be taken away from him If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to him God will give more … from him God will take away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MRK 4 25 i24l figs-activepassive δοθήσεται αὐτῷ…ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτο 1 to him will be given … even what he has will be taken away from him If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to him God will give more … from him God will take away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 4 26 n1mq figs-parables οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Connecting Statement: Jesus tells the people parables to explain the kingdom of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) MRK 4 26 r5n7 figs-simile ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον 1 As a man who may throw his seed Jesus likens the kingdom of God to a man who **may throw his seed**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of God grows like when a man throws seed on the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) MRK 4 26 htar figs-parables ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 The word **man** is not speaking of any specific person, but people who scatter seed in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “As people who scatter seed upon the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -MRK 4 28 cew8 grammar-connect-time-sequential πρῶτον…εἶτα…εἶτα 1 the ear These words show that this happened one after another. Make sure that this is clear to your audience in your translation. Alternate translation: “First, the stalks appeared. After this, the heads appeared. Finally, the mature grain in the heads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) +MRK 4 28 cew8 grammar-connect-time-sequential πρῶτον…εἶτα…εἶτα 1 the ear These words show that this happened one after another. Make sure that this is clear to your audience in your translation. Alternate translation: “First, the stalks appeared. After this, the heads appeared. Finally, the mature grain in the heads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) MRK 4 29 ah9d figs-metonymy εὐθὺς ἀποστέλλει τὸ δρέπανον 1 he immediately sends forth the sickle Here, **the sickle** is a metonym that stands for the farmer or the people whom the farmer sends out to harvest the grain. Alternate translation: “he immediately goes into the field with a sickle to harvest the grain” or “he immediately sends people with sickles into the field to harvest the grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 4 29 yd1d δρέπανον 1 sickle A **sickle** is a curved blade or a sharp hook used to cut tall crops down to the ground to be harvested. If this would be misunderstood, use a tool in your language that is used to do this job. MRK 4 29 hx6v figs-idiom ὅτι παρέστηκεν ὁ θερισμός 1 because the harvest has come Here the phrase **has come** is an idiom for the grain being ripe for harvest. Alternate translation: “because it was time for the farmers to harvest the grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 4 30 ivk2 figs-rquestion πῶς ὁμοιώσωμεν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἢ ἐν τίνι αὐτὴν παραβολῇ θῶμεν? 1 How might we compare the kingdom of God, or in what parable might we present it? Jesus asked this question to cause his hearers to get the listeners attention, as he was about to speak another parable about **the kingdom of God**. Alternate translation: “With this parable I can explain what the kingdom of God is like.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 4 31 w4l5 figs-activepassive ὅταν σπαρῇ 1 when it may have been sown If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “when someone sows it” or “when someone plants it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 4 32 x1xh figs-personification καὶ ποιεῖ κλάδους μεγάλους 1 and it forms large branches The mustard tree is described as causing its branches to grow large. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “with large branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +MRK 4 32 x1xh figs-personification καὶ ποιεῖ κλάδους μεγάλους 1 and it forms large branches The mustard tree is described as causing its branches to grow large. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “with large branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) MRK 4 33 y7i2 καὶ τοιαύταις παραβολαῖς πολλαῖς, ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον, καθὼς ἠδύναντο ἀκούειν 1t This verse marks the end of this section of Jesus’ parables. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) MRK 4 34 oo4t figs-litotes χωρὶς δὲ παραβολῆς οὐκ ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς 1 Luke uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) MRK 4 34 gp99 figs-hyperbole ἐπέλυεν πάντα 1 he was explaining everything Here, **everything** does not actually mean everything, but rather, all of his parables which he had spoken. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could state this clearly. Alternate translation: “he explained all his parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ MRK 5 intro lh25 0 # Mark 5 General Notes\n\n## Possible translation difficul MRK 5 1 fix1 writing-newevent καὶ ἦλθον εἰς τὸ πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης, εἰς τὴν χώραν τῶν Γερασηνῶν 1 Connecting Statement: This verse acts as an introduction to the next story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After this, they came to the other side of the Sea of Galilee, to the region where the Geresenes lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) MRK 5 1 gt8a figs-go ἦλθον 1 They came Your language may say “went” rather than came in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 5 1 vsc7 translate-names τῶν Γερασηνῶν 1 the Gerasenes This name refers to the people who live in Gerasa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 5 2 pf16 figs-idiom ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ 1 with an unclean spirit This is an idiom meaning that the man is controlled by the unclean spirit. Alternate translation: “that an unclean spirit controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MRK 5 2 pf16 figs-idiom ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ 1 with an unclean spirit This is an idiom meaning that the man is controlled by the unclean spirit. Alternate translation: “that an unclean spirit controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 5 4 nsol translate-unknown διὰ τὸ αὐτὸν πολλάκις πέδαις καὶ ἁλύσεσι δεδέσθαι, καὶ διεσπάσθαι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ τὰς ἁλύσεις καὶ τὰς πέδας συντετρῖφθαι, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἴσχυεν αὐτὸν δαμάσαι 1 This verse and the next verse function as background information to tell the reader about this man who was controlled by an evil spirit. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 5 4 da4x figs-activepassive αὐτὸν πολλάκις…δεδέσθαι 1 He had been bound many times If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People had bound him many times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 5 4 nep6 figs-activepassive τὰς πέδας συντετρῖφθαι 1 his shackles were shattered If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he shattered his shackles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ MRK 5 28 alc9 grammar-connect-logic-result ἔλεγεν γὰρ 1 This verse t MRK 5 28 wge2 figs-activepassive σωθήσομαι 1 I will be saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 5 29 c1vz figs-activepassive ἴαται ἀπὸ τῆς μάστιγος 1 she had been healed from the disease If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sickness had left her” or “she was no longer sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 5 30 ma2b figs-explicit τὴν ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν ἐξελθοῦσαν 1 his power had gone out from him When the woman touched Jesus, Jesus felt **his power** healing her. Jesus himself did not lose any of his power to heal people when he healed her. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “his power went out from him and healed someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 5 33 r3a0 figs-doublet ἡ δὲ γυνὴ, φοβηθεῖσα καὶ τρέμουσα 1 Both words **fear and trembling** are similar words used to show that the woman was very afraid. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “The woman was very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +MRK 5 33 r3a0 figs-doublet ἡ δὲ γυνὴ, φοβηθεῖσα καὶ τρέμουσα 1 Both words **fear and trembling** are similar words used to show that the woman was very afraid. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “The woman was very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) MRK 5 33 b6kz figs-ellipsis εἶπεν αὐτῷ πᾶσαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 told him the whole truth The phrase **the whole truth** refers to how she had touched him and became well. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “told him the whole truth about how she had touched him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 5 34 gbk8 translate-kinship θυγάτηρ 1 Daughter Jesus was using this term figuratively to refer to the woman as a believer. She was not actually his daughter. Make sure this is understood by your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) MRK 5 35 t2wd figs-rquestion τί ἔτι σκύλλεις τὸν διδάσκαλον? 1 Why trouble the teacher any longer? This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is useless to bother the teacher any longer.” or “There no need to bother the teacher any longer.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -329,41 +329,41 @@ MRK 5 39 dzrk figs-ellipsis τὸ παιδίον οὐκ ἀπέθανεν, ἀ MRK 5 39 g83c figs-euphemism τὸ παιδίον οὐκ ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει 1 The child has not died, but is sleeping **sleep** here refers to death. Jesus is likely using it to mean a temporary end to the girls life, but not a permanent end. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “The child is not permanently dead, but she has died for a short time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) MRK 5 41 hx3c translate-transliterate ταλιθὰ, κοῦμ! 1 Talitha, koum! This is an Aramaic sentence which Jesus spoke to the little girl in her language. In your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) MRK 5 42 pt5t translate-numbers ἦν…ἐτῶν δώδεκα 1 she was 12 years of age “she was twelve years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -MRK 5 42 m49c translate-numbers καὶ εὐθὺς ἀνέστη τὸ κοράσιον καὶ περιεπάτει, ἦν γὰρ ἐτῶν δώδεκα 1 Mark includes this information to help the readers understand how it was that she immediately **rose up** and began **walking**. She was able to get up and walk because she was old enough to do so. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And immediately the little girl rose up and was walking. She was able to do this because she was 12 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MRK 5 42 m49c translate-numbers καὶ εὐθὺς ἀνέστη τὸ κοράσιον καὶ περιεπάτει, ἦν γὰρ ἐτῶν δώδεκα 1 Mark includes this information to help the readers understand how it was that she immediately **rose up** and began **walking**. She was able to get up and walk because she was old enough to do so. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And immediately the little girl rose up and was walking. She was able to do this because she was 12 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 5 43 n29k figs-quotations καὶ εἶπεν δοθῆναι αὐτῇ φαγεῖν 1 and he told them to give her something to eat You can state this as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “and he told them, ‘Give her something to eat’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) MRK 6 intro kl7n 0 # Mark 6 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Anointed with oil”\n\nIn the ancient Near East, people would try to heal sick people by putting olive oil on them.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### The Historic Present \n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 7, 30, 31, 37, 38, 45, 48, 49 and 55. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n\n MRK 6 1 mi7z writing-newevent καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐκεῖθεν, καὶ ἔρχεται εἰς τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθοῦσιν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Connecting Statement: This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, Jesus and his disciples went out from there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) MRK 6 1 lpci figs-go ἐξῆλθεν…ἔρχεται εἰς 1 Your language may say “went” rather than came in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he came out … went into” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 6 2 y4xj figs-activepassive τίς ἡ σοφία ἡ δοθεῖσα τούτῳ 1 what is this wisdom that has been given to him? If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what is this wisdom that God gave to him?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 6 3 s3wl figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τέκτων, ὁ υἱὸς τῆς Μαρίας, καὶ ἀδελφὸς Ἰακώβου, καὶ Ἰωσῆτος, καὶ Ἰούδα, καὶ Σίμωνος? καὶ οὐκ εἰσὶν αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ ὧδε πρὸς ἡμᾶς? 1 Is this not the carpenter, the son of Mary and the brother of James and Joses and Judas and Simon? And are his sisters not here with us? If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MRK 6 3 hx1m figs-litany οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τέκτων, ὁ υἱὸς τῆς Μαρίας, καὶ ἀδελφὸς Ἰακώβου, καὶ Ἰωσῆτος, καὶ Ἰούδα, καὶ Σίμωνος? καὶ οὐκ εἰσὶν αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ ὧδε πρὸς ἡμᾶς? 1 Those who were in the synagogue with Jesus asked all of these questions to emphasize that they know who Jesus is. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things in this way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
+MRK 6 3 hx1m figs-litany οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τέκτων, ὁ υἱὸς τῆς Μαρίας, καὶ ἀδελφὸς Ἰακώβου, καὶ Ἰωσῆτος, καὶ Ἰούδα, καὶ Σίμωνος? καὶ οὐκ εἰσὶν αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ ὧδε πρὸς ἡμᾶς? 1 Those who were in the synagogue with Jesus asked all of these questions to emphasize that they know who Jesus is. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things in this way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) MRK 6 3 tlub translate-names Ἰακώβου…Ἰωσῆτος…Ἰούδα…Σίμωνος 1 James … Joses … Judas … Simon These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 6 3 d2g7 figs-synecdoche ἐν αὐτῷ 1 The people in the synagogue were not **offended** by who Jesus was. They were offended by what he was teaching them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MRK 6 4 l436 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος, εἰ μὴ 1 A prophet is not without honor, except Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “A prophet is always honored, except” or “The only place a prophet is not honored is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) MRK 6 4 y2oa figs-litany ἐν τῇ πατρίδι αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν τοῖς συγγενεῦσιν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus lists **hometown**, **relatives**, **house** to emphasize that prophets are often never welcome where they are most well known. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things like Jesus does here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) -MRK 6 4 mutm figs-litany τοῖς συγγενεῦσιν 1 **relatives** refers to people who are related to Jesus, but are not his siblings, mother, or father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a way in your language of expressing this. +MRK 6 4 mutm figs-litany τοῖς συγγενεῦσιν 1 **relatives** refers to people who are related to Jesus, but are not his siblings, mother, or father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a way in your language of expressing this. MRK 6 4 mgbp figs-litany ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus uses **in his own house** to refer to his closest relatives, lie his father, mother, or siblings. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “among his closest family members” or “by his father, mother, or siblings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 6 7 d6sx translate-numbers δύο δύο 1 two by two “2 by 2” or “in pairs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) MRK 6 6 g8s1 translate-numbers καὶ περιῆγεν τὰς κώμας, κύκλῳ διδάσκων. 1 Come back to this MRK 6 7 ldbv figs-nominaladj τοὺς δώδεκα 1 See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [11:7](../11/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) MRK 6 8 k5hl figs-doublenegatives μηδὲν αἴρωσιν εἰς ὁδὸν, εἰ μὴ ῥάβδον μόνον 1 Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “Only bring on your journey a staff” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) MRK 6 8 t9a2 figs-synecdoche μὴ ἄρτον 1 no bread Here, **bread** is a synecdoche for food in general. Alternate translation: “no food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -MRK 6 11 b2kb figs-explicit ἐκτινάξατε τὸν χοῦν τὸν ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν
1 as a testimony against them **shake off the dust that {is} under your feet** was an expression of strong rejection in this culture. It showed that someone did not want even the dust of a town to remain on them. If there is a similar gesture of rejection in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction)
+MRK 6 11 b2kb figs-explicit ἐκτινάξατε τὸν χοῦν τὸν ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν 1 as a testimony against them **shake off the dust that {is} under your feet** was an expression of strong rejection in this culture. It showed that someone did not want even the dust of a town to remain on them. If there is a similar gesture of rejection in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction) MRK 6 14 ly7z figs-activepassive Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται 1 John the Baptist has been raised If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has caused John the Baptist to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 6 15 fgy3 figs-explicit ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἠλείας ἐστίν 1 But others were saying, “He is Elijah.” It may be helpful to state why some people thought he was **Elijah**. Alternate translation: “Some others said, ‘He is Elijah, whom God promised to send back again.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 6 15 n8sq figs-explicit ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἠλείας ἐστίν; ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι προφήτης, ὡς εἷς τῶν προφητῶν
1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Some were saying that he is Elijah, while others were saying that he is like one of the prophets who lived long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +MRK 6 15 n8sq figs-explicit ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἠλείας ἐστίν; ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι προφήτης, ὡς εἷς τῶν προφητῶν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Some were saying that he is Elijah, while others were saying that he is like one of the prophets who lived long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) MRK 6 16 ym2w figs-metonymy ὃν ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα 1 whom I beheaded Here Herod uses the word **I** to refer to himself. The word **I** is a metonym for Herod’s soldiers. Alternate translation: “whom I commanded my soldiers to behead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 6 16 n6nq figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 has been raised If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 6 17 vpr7 figs-explicit αὐτὸς…ὁ Ἡρῴδης, ἀποστείλας ἐκράτησεν τὸν Ἰωάννην, καὶ ἔδησεν αὐτὸν ἐν φυλακῇ 1 Herod himself, having sent, seized John and he bound him in prison You can state this clearly that **Herod** sent his soldiers to put **John** in **prison**. Alternate translation: “Herod sent his soldiers to arrest John and had them bind him in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 6 17 ojtd figs-explicit γὰρ 1 Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand why Herod was saying that John rose from the dead. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “He was saying this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])\n MRK 6 17 sf6r translate-names τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 the wife of his brother Philip Herod’s **brother Philip** is the name of a man. This is not the same Philip who was an evangelist in the book of Acts or the Philip who was one of Jesus’ twelve disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MRK 6 18 e2ex grammar-connect-logic-result ἔλεγεν γὰρ ὁ Ἰωάννης τῷ Ἡρῴδῃ, ὅτι οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 Herod put John into prison because he was saying **It is not lawful for you to have the wife of your brother**. Make sure this is clear in your language. Alternate translation: “Herod told his soldiers to arrest John because he was saying, ‘God's law does not allow you to marry the wife of your brother.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +MRK 6 18 e2ex grammar-connect-logic-result ἔλεγεν γὰρ ὁ Ἰωάννης τῷ Ἡρῴδῃ, ὅτι οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 Herod put John into prison because he was saying **It is not lawful for you to have the wife of your brother**. Make sure this is clear in your language. Alternate translation: “Herod told his soldiers to arrest John because he was saying, ‘God’s law does not allow you to marry the wife of your brother.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) MRK 6 19 x35v figs-metonymy Ἡρῳδιὰς…ἤθελεν αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι 1 was wanting to kill him, but she was not able **Herodias** is a metonym, as she wants someone else to execute John for her. Alternate translation: “she wanted someone to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 6 20 k13z figs-doublet εἰδὼς αὐτὸν ἄνδρα δίκαιον καὶ ἅγιον 1 **righteous and holy** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that John was a holy man before God. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Because he knew that he was a righteous man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) MRK 6 21 m54q figs-metonymy Ἡρῴδης τοῖς γενεσίοις αὐτοῦ δεῖπνον ἐποίησεν, τοῖς μεγιστᾶσιν αὐτοῦ 1 Herod prepared his birthday dinner for his officials Here, **Herod** is a metonym for his servants whom he would have commanded to prepare a meal. Alternate translation: “Herod had his servants prepare a dinner for his officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 6 22 a1d7 translate-textvariants εἰσελθούσης τῆς θυγατρὸς αὐτοῦ Ἡρῳδιάδος 1 the daughter of Herodias herself There are a few possible understandings of this passage. (1) This could be saying that Herod's daughter's name was Herodias. Alternate translation: “And Herodias his daughter came in” or (2) This could be speaking about the daughter of Herodias emphatically. Alternate translation: “Herodias' daughter herself came in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -MRK 6 25 caz0 \n εὐθὺς…μετὰ σπουδῆς…ἐξαυτῆς 1 **immediately**, **with haste**, and **at once** are all words which give a sense of urgency. Make sure that this comes across in your language. -MRK 6 25 ap2w figs-euphemism δῷς μοι 1 a platter Herodias is telling her daughter that she wants King Herod to cut off John the Baptizer's head. **give** is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “Cut off John's head and bring it to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +MRK 6 22 a1d7 translate-textvariants εἰσελθούσης τῆς θυγατρὸς αὐτοῦ Ἡρῳδιάδος 1 the daughter of Herodias herself There are a few possible understandings of this passage. (1) This could be saying that Herod’s daughter’s name was Herodias. Alternate translation: “And Herodias his daughter came in” or (2) This could be speaking about the daughter of Herodias emphatically. Alternate translation: “Herodias’ daughter herself came in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +MRK 6 25 caz0 \n εὐθὺς…μετὰ σπουδῆς…ἐξαυτῆς 1 **immediately**, **with haste**, and **at once** are all words which give a sense of urgency. Make sure that this comes across in your language. +MRK 6 25 ap2w figs-euphemism δῷς μοι 1 a platter Herodias is telling her daughter that she wants King Herod to cut off John the Baptizer’s head. **give** is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “Cut off John’s head and bring it to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) MRK 6 26 c1gn figs-explicit διὰ τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τοὺς συνανακειμένους 1 because of his oath and those reclining at table with him You can state clearly the content of the **oath**, and the relationship between the oath and the dinner guests. Alternate translation: “because his dinner guests had heard him make the oath that he would give her anything she asked for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 6 27 k51v figs-euphemism ἐνέγκαι τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ 1 on a platter See how you handled the note in verse 25. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) MRK 6 33 x5un καὶ ἐπέγνωσαν πολλοί 1 many saw them leaving and recognized them There are a few possible understandings of **recognized**. (1) The people recognized where Jesus and his disciples were going. Alternate translation: “and they knew where Jesus and his disciples were going” (2) The people knew that it was Jesus and his disciples were leaving, and so followed them. Alternate translation: “and they recognized that it was Jesus and his disciples leaving” @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ MRK 6 44 deov writing-background καὶ ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες το MRK 6 44 u413 figs-explicit ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες τοὺς ἄρτους, πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 1 those who ate the loaves were 5,000 men The number of women and children was not counted. If it would not be understood that women and children were present, it can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “And there were 5,000 men who ate the loaves. They did not even count the women and children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 6 45 y3ve translate-names Βηθσαϊδάν 1 Bethsaida This is a town on the northern shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 6 48 g7ka (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) τετάρτην φυλακὴν 1 the fourth watch This is the time between 3 AM and sunrise. If your reader would not be familiar with this, you can state this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -MRK 6 50 et5c figs-parallelism θαρσεῖτε…μὴ φοβεῖσθε 1 Take courage! … Do not fear! **Take courage** and **Do not be afraid** are similar in meaning, emphasizing to his disciples that they did not need to be afraid. They can be combined into one if necessary. Alternate translation: “Do not be afraid of me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +MRK 6 50 et5c figs-parallelism θαρσεῖτε…μὴ φοβεῖσθε 1 Take courage! … Do not fear! **Take courage** and **Do not be afraid** are similar in meaning, emphasizing to his disciples that they did not need to be afraid. They can be combined into one if necessary. Alternate translation: “Do not be afraid of me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) MRK 6 52 m53m figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄρτοις 1 about the loaves Here the phrase **the loaves** refers to when Jesus multiplied the loaves of bread. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what it meant when Jesus multiplied the loaves of bread” or “what it meant when Jesus caused the few loaves to become many” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 6 52 t1qb figs-metaphor ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη 1 their heart had been hardened Their stubborn attitude is spoken of as if their hearts had been hardened.\nIf the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. Alternate translation: “they were stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n MRK 6 53 p316 translate-names Γεννησαρὲτ 1 Gennesaret This is the name of the region to the northwest of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -394,12 +394,12 @@ MRK 6 56 bqzf figs-litany εἰς κώμας, ἢ εἰς πόλεις, ἢ ε MRK 7 intro vq1j 0 # Mark 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:6-7, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Hand washing\n\nThe Pharisees washed many things that were not dirty because they were trying to make God think that they were good. They washed their hands before they ate, even when their hands were not dirty. and even though the law of Moses did not say that they had to do it. Jesus told them that they were wrong and that people make God happy by thinking and doing the right things. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Ephphatha”\n\nThis is an Aramaic word. Mark wrote it the way it sounds using Greek letters and then explained what it means. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### The Historic Present \n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 18, 32, 34. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n\n MRK 7 1 b9ul writing-newevent καὶ συνάγονται πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι καί τινες τῶν γραμματέων, ἐλθόντες ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων\n 1d are gathering around him This verse introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, some Pharisees and some men who teach the Jewish laws who had come from Jerusalem gathered around Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) MRK 7 2 wd6i figs-extrainfo 0 General Information: The following verses explain the significance of this verse. Since it is explained in the following verses, you do not need to explain its meaning here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) -MRK 7 3 mj6u writing-background γὰρ 1 of the elders This verse, as well as the next verse, are added to explain to the reader why the Jewish leaders did not approve of what Jesus' disciples were doing. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “They were appalled because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n +MRK 7 3 mj6u writing-background γὰρ 1 of the elders This verse, as well as the next verse, are added to explain to the reader why the Jewish leaders did not approve of what Jesus’ disciples were doing. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “They were appalled because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n MRK 7 3 x0b6 figs-explicit κρατοῦντες τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 **The traditions of the elders** were teachings that were handed down from generation to generation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “observing strictly the teachings which past generations had taught them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 7 4 wsb8 writing-background χαλκίων 1 copper vessels See the note in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MRK 7 4 d3qc figs-explicit ποτηρίων καὶ ξεστῶν καὶ χαλκίων 1 **cups…pots…copper vessels** would have been used for consuming food and drinks. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Cups, pots, and copper vessels for eating and drinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 7 5 hts4 figs-metaphor διὰ τί οὐ περιπατοῦσιν οἱ μαθηταί σου κατὰ τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 Why do your disciples not walk according to the tradition of the elders, but they eat their bread with unwashed hands? **walk** is a common way of speaking which means “obey.” If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent way of speaking from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Why do your disciples not obey what the elders have taught us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 7 5 ugom grammar-connect-logic-contrast\n ἀλλὰ 1 Why do your disciples not walk according to the tradition of the elders, but they eat their bread with unwashed hands? **but** is used to contrast what the Pharisees thought Jesus' disciples should be doing, with what they were actually doing. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +MRK 7 5 ugom grammar-connect-logic-contrast\n ἀλλὰ 1 Why do your disciples not walk according to the tradition of the elders, but they eat their bread with unwashed hands? **but** is used to contrast what the Pharisees thought Jesus’ disciples should be doing, with what they were actually doing. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) MRK 7 5 j7ht figs-synecdoche ἄρτον 1 bread **bread** is a synecdoche, representing food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MRK 7 6 oavh figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ὅτι καλῶς ἐπροφήτευσεν Ἠσαΐας περὶ ὑμῶν τῶν ὑποκριτῶν, ὡς γέγραπται, ὅτι οὗτος ὁ λαὸς τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ, ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ\n 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to them, ‘Isaiah prophesied well about you hypocrites when God wrote through him that people honor him with their lips, but their desires are for other things’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) MRK 7 6 ep7u figs-metonymy τοῖς χείλεσίν 1 with their lips Here, **lips** is used to signify speaking. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ MRK 7 17 l7d7 writing-endofstory καὶ ὅτε 1 And **and when** is a comment MRK 7 18 z8w1 figs-rquestion οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε? 1 Are you also thus without understanding? Jesus uses this question to express his disappointment that they do not understand. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “After all I have said and done, I am amazed that you still do not understand.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 7 18 yqve figs-metonymy πᾶν τὸ ἔξωθεν εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸν ἄνθρωπον, οὐ δύναται αὐτὸν κοινῶσαι 1 See the note in verse 15. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 7 19 y2cr figs-metonymy οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν καρδίαν 1 it does not go into his heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. Here Jesus means that food does not affect a person’s character. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “it cannot go into his inner being” or “it cannot go into his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 7 19 hm98 figs-explicit καθαρίζων πάντα τὰ βρώματα 1 making all foods clean **making all foods clean** explains to the reader what the significance of what Jesus' sayings was. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus was traveling along the border between Samaria and Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) (COME BACK TO THIS) +MRK 7 19 hm98 figs-explicit καθαρίζων πάντα τὰ βρώματα 1 making all foods clean **making all foods clean** explains to the reader what the significance of what Jesus’ sayings was. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus was traveling along the border between Samaria and Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) (COME BACK TO THIS) MRK 7 20 r12p figs-metonymy τὸ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκπορευόμενον 1 he was saying **What is coming out from the man** means the thoughts and intentions of a person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “It is the thoughts and desires of a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 7 21 chkk figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς καρδίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων οἱ διαλογισμοὶ οἱ κακοὶ ἐκπορεύονται 1 Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. Alternate translation: “out of the inner being of a person, come evil thoughts” or “out of the mind of a person, come evil thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 7 21 eey1 figs-litany πορνεῖαι, κλοπαί, φόνοι 1 Mark lists out a number of sins here and in the next verse. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that someone has done wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) @@ -453,13 +453,13 @@ MRK 8 10 x33a translate-names Δαλμανουθά 1 of Dalmanutha **Dalmanutha* MRK 8 11 zi91 figs-metonymy σημεῖον ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 a sign from heaven They wanted **a sign** that would prove that Jesus’ power and authority were from God. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “a sign from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 8 12 sn5a ἀναστενάξας τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 having sighed deeply in his spirit This means that he groaned or that he let out a long deep breath that could be heard. It probably shows Jesus’ deep sadness that the Pharisees refused to believe him. See how you translated this in [Mark 7:34](../07/34.md). MRK 8 12 s8xl figs-metonymy τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his spirit **in his spirit** means within himself or to himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MRK 8 12 g4lz figs-rquestion τί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ σημεῖον? 1 Why does this generation seek for a sign? Jesus asks **Why does this generation seek for a sign** to show that they have not understood the miracles that he has done up until this point. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This generation should not seek a sign.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MRK 8 12 g4lz figs-rquestion τί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ σημεῖον? 1 Why does this generation seek for a sign? Jesus asks **Why does this generation seek for a sign** to show that they have not understood the miracles that he has done up until this point. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This generation should not seek a sign.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MRK 8 12 l335 figs-synecdoche τί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ σημεῖον 1 Why does this generation seek for When Jesus speaks of **this generation**, he is referring to some of the people who lived at that time who were not following God. He was not speaking of every single person alive. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “Why do you Pharisees ask for a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MRK 8 12 a2x2 figs-activepassive εἰ δοθήσεται…σημεῖον 1 if a sign will be given If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will not give you a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 8 12 q4wh figs-idiom εἰ δοθήσεται τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ σημεῖον 1 **if a sign will be given to this generation** is an idiom which means that a sign certainly will not be given. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not give you a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 8 13 i2se writing-pronouns ἀφεὶς αὐτοὺς, πάλιν ἐμβὰς 1 having left them, having boarded a boat again Jesus’ was not the only one who left, but his disciples were with him also. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples left them and got into the boat again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) MRK 8 13 u1qk figs-explicit εἰς τὸ πέραν 1 to the other side **to the other side** describes the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 8 14 gtg6 grammar-connect-exceptions καὶ ἐπελάθοντο λαβεῖν ἄρτους, καὶ εἰ μὴ ἕνα ἄρτον οὐκ εἶχον μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ 1 except for one loaf If it would appear in your language that Mark was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Jesus' disciples only brought one loaf of bread onto the boat with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) +MRK 8 14 gtg6 grammar-connect-exceptions καὶ ἐπελάθοντο λαβεῖν ἄρτους, καὶ εἰ μὴ ἕνα ἄρτον οὐκ εἶχον μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ 1 except for one loaf If it would appear in your language that Mark was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ disciples only brought one loaf of bread onto the boat with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) MRK 8 15 bd2x figs-doublet ὁρᾶτε, βλέπετε 1 Keep watch! Be on guard **Keep watch** and **Be on guard** have a common meaning and are repeated here for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Keep watch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) MRK 8 15 nszl figs-extrainfo βλέπετε ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ τῆς ζύμης Ἡρῴδου 1 Jesus is comparing the Pharisees’ and Herod’s teachings to **yeast**. When yeast it put into bread, it affects the entire batch of bread which is made. You should not explain this when you translate it, for the disciples themselves did not understand it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) MRK 8 16 zfw3 figs-hyperbole ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχουσιν 1 they have no bread The word **no** is an exaggeration. The disciples did have one loaf of bread ([Mark 8:14](../08/14.md)), but that was not for all of them on the boat. Alternate translation: “they have very little bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ MRK 8 33 r9gy grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ\n 1 Get behind me Jesus MRK 8 33 clxo figs-idiom\n οὐ φρονεῖς τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 To **set your mind** on something means to think about it. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “you are not thinking about what God desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 8 33 t6jv figs-ellipsis\n οὐ φρονεῖς τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀλλὰ τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Jesus leaves some words out in the second phrase that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “You are not thinking about what God desires, but you are thinking about what man desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 8 34 m732 figs-metaphor ὀπίσω μου ἀκολουθεῖν 1 to follow after me To **follow** Jesus here represents being one of his disciples. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “be my disciple” or “be one of my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 8 34 c6ll figs-metonymy ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 take up his cross, and follow me The cross here represents suffering and death because you follow Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “something he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MRK 8 34 c6ll figs-metonymy ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 take up his cross, and follow me The cross here represents suffering and death because you follow Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “something he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 8 34 oxv6 figs-hypo εἴ τις θέλει ὀπίσω μου ἀκολουθεῖν ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν, καὶ ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 take up his cross, and follow me Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to show the seriousness of being his follower. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) MRK 8 35 d5rj figs-genericnoun ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ 1 For whoever wants Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “For if a person desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) MRK 8 35 a6g3 figs-explicit ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ σῶσαι, ἀπολέσει αὐτήν, ὃς δ’ ἂν ἀπολέσει τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ καὶ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, σώσει αὐτήν 1 soul The first time the word life occurs in each phrase, it means life before a person dies, that is, earthly life. The second occurrence of life in each phrase means life after death, that is, everlasting life. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “For whoever desires to save his earthly life will not have everlasting life with God after he dies. Whoever loses his earthly life for my sake, and for the sake of the good news, will have everlasting life with God after he dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n @@ -591,14 +591,14 @@ MRK 9 29 kh4w figs-go τοῦτο τὸ γένος…δύναται ἐξελθ MRK 9 29 yrzf figs-abstractnouns προσευχῇ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **prayer**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **prayer** in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 9 29 l6ok figs-abstractnouns νηστείᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fasting**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **fasting** in another way. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 9 31 w75k figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 The Son of Man is being delivered If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate the phrase **is being delivered** with an active form and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Evil men will deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MRK 9 31 y5cw ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 The Son of Man is being delivered Alternate translation: “The Son of Man is being betrayed” +MRK 9 31 y5cw ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 The Son of Man is being delivered Alternate translation: “The Son of Man is being betrayed” MRK 9 31 z8ud figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 into the hands of men Here, **hands** is a metonym for control. Alternate translation: “into the control of men” or “into the custody of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 9 31 s1n2 figs-activepassive ἀποκτανθεὶς, μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστήσεται 1 having been killed, he will rise again after three days If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate the phrase **having been killed** with an active form and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “after they kill him, he will rise again after three days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MRK 9 33 xv94 figs-go ἦλθον εἰς Καφαρναούμ 1 Connecting Statement: Your language may say “they went” rather than **they came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went to Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 9 33 l2kj figs-go ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ γενόμενος 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having went into the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 9 34 gdg3 figs-explicit τίς μείζων 1 about who was the greatest Here, **greatest** refers to who was the **greatest** among the disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who was the greatest among them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 9 35 jzl5 figs-metaphor εἴ τις θέλει πρῶτος εἶναι, ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος 1 If anyone wants to be first, he will be last of all Here the words **first** and **last** are opposites of one another. Jesus speaks of being the “most important” as being **first** and of being the “least important” as being **last**. Alternate translation: “If anyone wants God to consider him to be the most important person of all, he must consider himself to be the least important of all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MRK 9 35 um58 translate-ordinal πρῶτος 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **first**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +MRK 9 35 um58 translate-ordinal πρῶτος 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **first**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) MRK 9 35 t526 πάντων…πάντων 1 of all … of all Alternate translation: “of all people … of all people” MRK 9 36 qqcu writing-pronouns ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the 12 disciples. If it would help your readers you could state that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the midst of his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) MRK 9 37 h242 ἓν τῶν τοιούτων παιδίων 1 one of these little children Alternate translation: “a child such as this one” @@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ MRK 9 41 m0d8 figs-metonymy ὀνόματι 1 See how you translated **name** i MRK 9 41 u325 figs-ellipsis ἐν ὀνόματι 1 Here, the phrase **in the name** leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “in my name” or “in the name of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 9 41 bpz5 figs-idiom ἐν ὀνόματι, ὅτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε 1 **in the name because** is an idiom which means to do something for the sake of someone. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “because you belong to Christ” or “because you serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MRK 9 41 bgq1 figs-litotes οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ 1 he may certainly not lose Here, Jesus uses the negative phrase **certainly not** together with the negative word **lose**to express a strong positive meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he will certainly receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -MRK 9 41 wnb2 figs-abstractnouns οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **reward**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **reward** by using a verb phrase. Alternate translation: “he will certainly be rewarded” or “God will certainly reward that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MRK 9 41 wnb2 figs-abstractnouns οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **reward**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **reward** by using a verb phrase. Alternate translation: “he will certainly be rewarded” or “God will certainly reward that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MRK 9 41 jjq5 figs-gendernotations οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Although the pronouns **he** and **his** are masculine, they are being used here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “that person will certainly not lose their reward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) MRK 9 42 cj0l figs-metaphor ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 The phrase **these little ones** could be: (1) a reference to children who love Jesus and who are physically little compared to adults. Alternate translation: “one of these children who believe in me” (2) a figurative reference to people whose faith is new and has not yet become mature and strong. Alternate translation: “one of these new believers” or (3) a figurative reference to people who are not important from a human perspective. Alternate translation: “one of these common people” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) MRK 9 42 gef5 figs-explicit καλόν ἐστιν αὐτῷ μᾶλλον εἰ 1 Jesus is drawing a comparison to the punishment for causing people to sin. He means that this person’s punishment for causing people to sin will be worse than if he had drowned in the sea. No one would actually put a stone around his neck and throw him into the sea as an alternative to that punishment, and Jesus is not saying that anyone will do so. Alternate translation: “The punishment he will receive will be worse than if” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) @@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ MRK 10 intro bq25 0 # Mark 10 General Notes

## Structure and formattin MRK 10 1 qq93 figs-explicit ἐκεῖθεν ἀναστὰς, ἔρχεται 1 having gotten up, he goes from that place Jesus’ disciples were traveling with him. They were leaving Capernaum. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “getting up, Jesus and his disciples left Capernaum and went from that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 10 1 goki figs-go ἔρχεται 1 Your language may say “comes” rather than **goes** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 10 1 j5wa καὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 and the other side of the Jordan River Alternate translation: “and to the land on the other side of the Jordan River” or “and to the area east of the Jordan River” -MRK 10 1 s6fy figs-go συνπορεύονται…ὄχλοι πρὸς αὐτόν 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “the crowds went together to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +MRK 10 1 s6fy figs-go συνπορεύονται…ὄχλοι πρὸς αὐτόν 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “the crowds went together to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) MRK 10 1 vzb4 εἰώθει 1 he had been accustomed to do Alternate translation: “was his custom” or “he usually did” MRK 10 5 m73x figs-metonymy τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν 1 your hardness of heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MRK 10 5 xqzb figs-idiom τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν 1 your hardness of heart The phrase **hardness of heart** is an idiom which describes stubbornly choosing to resist God’s will and instead choosing one’s own will. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase “the hardness of their heart” in [Mark 3:5](../mrk/03/5.md). Alternate translation: “your stubbornness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ MRK 10 12 sn1m figs-explicit μοιχᾶται 1 she commits adultery Here, the MRK 10 13 zx1f writing-newevent καὶ 1 And they were bringing Here, the word **And** introduces a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And it happened that” or “After this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) MRK 10 13 nmw7 figs-explicit προσέφερον 1 Here, **they** refers to people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 10 13 pk8a figs-explicit αὐτῶν ἅψηται 1 he might touch them Here, **he might touch them** means that Jesus would lay his hands on the children and bless them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he might touch them with his hands and bless them” or “Jesus might lay his hands on them and bless them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 10 14 yi5m figs-doublet ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με, καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτά 1 Permit the little children to come to me, and do not prevent them The phrase **Permit the little children to come to me** and the phrase **do not prevent them** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Be sure to allow the little children to come to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +MRK 10 14 yi5m figs-doublet ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με, καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτά 1 Permit the little children to come to me, and do not prevent them The phrase **Permit the little children to come to me** and the phrase **do not prevent them** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Be sure to allow the little children to come to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) MRK 10 14 qj7i figs-doublenegatives μὴ κωλύετε 1 do not prevent If the double negative **do not prevent** would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “allow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) MRK 10 15 y3a2 ὃς ἂν μὴ δέξηται τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ὡς παιδίον, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν 1 whoever might not receive the kingdom of God as a little child may certainly not enter into it Alternate translation: “if anyone will not receive the kingdom of God as a little child, that person will definitely not enter it” MRK 10 15 a1e7 figs-simile ὡς παιδίον 1 as a little child The point of the comparison **as a little child** is that Jesus is comparing how people must receive the kingdom of God to how little children would receive things. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “with humble faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])